Infiniti I35 User Guide PDF

FOREWORD
Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking Additionally, a separate Customer Care and
about vehicle design. It integrates advanced engi- Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain
neering and superior craftsmanship with a simple, how to resolve any concerns you may have WARNING
refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with tradi- with your vehicle, as well as clarify your
tional Japanese culture. rights under your state’s lemon law. IMPORTANT SAFETY
The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty. INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satisfying INFORMATION
The car itself is important, but so also is the sense ownership experience for as long as you own your REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!
of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver, and car. Should you have any questions regarding your
the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI INFINITI or your INFINITI dealer, please contact our Follow these important driving rules
—from the way it looks and drives to the high level Consumer Affairs department at 1-800-662-6200. to help ensure a safe and comfort-
of dealer service. In Hawaii 1-808-836-0848 (Oahu number). In
able trip for you and your passen-
Canada 1-800-361-4792. Thank you.
gers!
To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the
fullest, we encourage you to read this Owner’s O Never drive under the influence of
Manual immediately. It explains all of the features, READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE alcohol or drugs.
controls and performance characteristics of your SAFELY
INFINITI; it also provides important instructions and
Before driving your vehicle please read your O Always observe posted speed
safety information. limits and never drive too fast for
Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure
A separate Warranty Information Booklet is familiarity with controls and maintenance re- conditions.
to be found in your Owner’s literature port- quirements, assisting you in the safe opera- O Always use your seat belts and
folio. Always carry it with you when you take tion of your vehicle.
your INFINITI to an dealer. The portfolio appropriate child restraint sys-
contents provide complete information tems. Preteen children should be
about all warranties covering this vehicle, seated in the rear seat.
the periodic maintenance required to keep
the warranties in effect as well as the O Always provide information about
INFINITI Roadside Assistance program. the proper use of vehicle safety
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
fore, you may find some information
features to all occupants of the that does not apply to your vehicle.
vehicle. CAUTION
All information, specifications and illustra-
O Always review this Owner’s tions in this manual are those in effect at the This is used to indicate the presence
Manual for important safety infor- time of printing. INFINITI reserves the right to of a hazard that could cause minor or
mation. change specifications or design at any time moderate personal injury or damage
without notice. to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce
the risk, the procedures must be fol-
MODIFICATION OF YOUR IMPORTANT INFORMATION
lowed carefully.
VEHICLE ABOUT THIS MANUAL
This vehicle should not be modified. You will see various symbols in this manual.
Modification could affect its perfor- They are used in the following ways:
mance, safety or durability, and may
even violate governmental regula-
tions. In addition, damage or perfor-
WARNING
mance problems resulting from
This is used to indicate the presence
modification may not be covered
of a hazard that could cause death or
under INFINITI warranties.
serious personal injury. To avoid or
reduce the risk, the procedures must
WHEN READING THE be followed precisely.
MANUAL
This manual includes information for all
options available on this model. There-
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION
65 WARNING
WARNING
Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-
ents, and certain vehicle components
contain or emit chemicals known to
SII0151
the State of California to cause can-
cer and birth defects or other repro-
If you see this symbol, it means Do not do
ductive harm. In addition, certain flu-
this or Do not let this happen.
ids contained in vehicles and certain
products of component wear contain
or emit chemicals known to the State
If you see a symbol similar to these in an
of California to cause cancer and
illustration, it means the arrow points to the
birth defects or other reproductive
front of the vehicle.
harm.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to © 2003 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
these indicate movement or action. TOKYO, JAPAN
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be
reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted
in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior
written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................... 0-1

SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS ................... 1-1
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS .......................................................... 2-1
PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS............................................ 3-1
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS .................................. 4-1
STARTING AND DRIVING................................................................... 5-1
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY .................................................................. 6-1
APPEARANCE AND CARE................................................................... 7-1
MAINTENANCE AND DO-IT-YOURSELF .................................................. 8-1
TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION........................................... 9-1
INDEX ........................................................................................ 10-1
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
0 ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exterior front................................................ 0-2

Exterior rear................................................. 0-3
Instrument panel ......................................... 0-4
Meters and gauges ...................................... 0-5
Engine compartment locations.................... 0-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXTERIOR FRONT 1. Engine hood (Page 3-10)

2. Headlight and turn signal switch (P .2-17)
3. Replacing bulbs (P .8-28)
4. Windshield wiper and washer switch
(P .2-16)
5. Windshield (P .8-20)
6. Sunroof (P .2-31)
7. Mirrors (P .3-16)
8. Power windows (P .2-29)
9. Tires
10. Door locks, keyfob, keys (P .3-2)
11. Child safety locks (P .3-4)
12. Fuel filler lid (P .3-13)
SIX0001
0-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
EXTERIOR REAR 1. Trunk lid (P .3-11)

2. Secondary trunk lid release (P .3-12)
3. Rear sun shade (P .2-33)
4. Rear window defroster switch (P .2-17)
5. Replacing bulbs (P .8-28)
6. Child safety locks (P .3-4)
SIX0002
0-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
1. Outside mirror remote control (P .3-18)
INSTRUMENT PANEL 2. Headlight and turn signal switch
(P .2-17)/Front fog light switch (P .2-21)
3. Security indicator light (P .2-14)
4. Instrument brightness control switch
(P .2-19)
5. Meters/gauges (P .2-3)
6. Cruise control main/set switch (P .5-13)
7. Traction control (TCS) or Vehicle dynamic
control (VDC) OFF switch (if so equipped)
(P .2-24)
8. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P .2-16)
9. Center ventilator (P .4-2)
10. Audio system (P .4-7) and navigation
control*
11. Clock (P .2-34)
12. Automatic air conditioner (P .4-3)
13. Navigation system*
14. Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P .1-7)
15. Side ventilator (P .4-2)
16. Cup holder (P .2-26)
17. Automatic drive position system cancel
SII0362
switch (P .3-21)
0-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
18. Fuse box cover (P .8-25)
METERS AND GAUGES
19. Hood release handle (P .3-10)
20. Heated steering switch (P .2-23)
21. Steering switch for audio control
(P .4-27)
and trip computer (P .2-35)
22. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P .3-15)
23. Driver supplemental air bag (P .1-7)
24. Ignition switch/steering lock (P .5-5)
25. Hazard warning flasher switch (P .2-21)
26. Rear sun shade control switch (P .2-33)
27. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)
(P .2-22)
28. Cigarette lighter (P .2-25) SII0363
29. Ashtray (P .2-25)
30. Rear window and outside door mirror 1. Warning/Indicator lights (P .2-7) 6. A/T indicator (P .5-9)
defogger switch (P .2-17) 2. Speedometer (P .2-4) 7. Reset knob for trip odometer (P .2-4)
31. Glove box (P .2-27)
3. Tachometer (P .2-4) 8. Odometer (Total/twin trip) (P .2-4)
*: Refer to the separate Navigation System
Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped) 4. Fuel gauge (P .2-5) 9. Display for trip computer (P .2-4)
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P .2-5)
0-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P .8-16)

LOCATIONS 2. Engine oil filler cap (P .8-12)
3. Ignition coils (spark plugs) (P .8-19)
4. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick
(P .8-14)
5. Brake fluid reservoir (P .8-16)
6. Air cleaner (P .8-20)
7. Engine coolant reservoir (P .8-9)
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (P .8-17)
9. Engine oil dipstick (P .8-11)
10. Ignition coils (spark plugs) (P .8-19)
11. Radiator cap (P .8-10)
12. Battery (P .8-17)
13. Fuse/fusible link holder (P .8-23)
SIX0003
0-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
1 SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS
Seats............................................................ 1-2 Pregnant women .................................. 1-27

Front power seat adjustment ................. 1-3 Injured persons .................................... 1-28
Folding rear seat .................................... 1-4 Three-point type seat belt with
Head restraint adjustment ...................... 1-5 retractor................................................ 1-28
Active head restraint (Front seats)......... 1-6 Seat belt extenders .............................. 1-31
Armrest................................................... 1-7 Seat belt maintenance ......................... 1-32
Supplemental restraint system.................... 1-7 Child restraints .......................................... 1-32
Precautions on supplemental restraint Precautions on child restraints ............ 1-32
system .................................................... 1-7 Installation on rear seat center or outboard
Supplemental air bag warning labels... 1-20 positions............................................... 1-34
Supplemental air bag warning light..... 1-20 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Seat belts .................................................. 1-22 CHildren) system.................................. 1-39
Precautions on seat belt usage ........... 1-22 Top tether strap child restraint ........... 1-41
Child safety........................................... 1-26 Installation on front passenger seat.... 1-42
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS
SEATS
belt and receive serious internal
injuries.
O For most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back in the seat and adjust
the seat belt properly. See “Pre-
cautions on seat belt usage” later
in this section.
SIR0091
shoulder belt will not be against

WARNING your body. In an accident you
could be thrown into it and receive
O Do not ride in a moving vehicle neck or other serious injuries. You
when the seatback is reclined. could also slide under the lap
This can be dangerous. The
1-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUST- operation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate Reclining
MENT the switch.
O Do not operate the power seat for a long
WARNING period of time when the engine is off. This
will discharge the battery.
O Do not adjust the driver’s seat
while driving so full attention may Forward and backward
be given to vehicle operation.
O Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could
SIR0110
unknowingly activate switches or
controls. Unattended children Move the recline switch backward until the
could become involved in serious desired angle is obtained. To bring the seat-
accidents. back forward again, move the switch forward
and move your body forward. The seatback
For memory seat information see “Auto- SIR0109 will move forward.
matic drive positioner” in the “3. Pre-driving The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
Moving the switch forward or backward will
checks and adjustments” section. seatback for occupants of different sizes to
slide the seat forward or backward to the
Operating tips desired position. help obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precau-
tions on seat belt usage” later in this section.)
O The motor has an auto-reset overload Also, the seatback may be reclined to allow
protection circuit. If the motor stops during occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.
1-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Seat lifter (Driver’s seat) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat) FOLDING REAR SEAT
Interior trunk access
SIR0133 SIP0117
Push the front or rear end of the switch to The lumbar support feature provides lower
adjust the angle and height of the seat back support to the driver. Move the lever up
cushion. or down to adjust the seat lumbar area.
SIR0156
1-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Pull up on the release knob to access the HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUST-
trunk from the rear seat. can be extremely dangerous in an MENT
accident or sudden stop.
The rear seats can be locked using the
master key to prevent unauthorized ac- O Properly secure all cargo to help WARNING
prevent it from sliding or shifting.
cess.
Do not place cargo higher than Head restraints should be adjusted
the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or properly as they may provide signifi-
WARNING collision, unsecured cargo could cant protection against injury in an
cause personal injury. accident. Do not remove them. Check
O When returning the seatbacks to the adjustment after someone else
O Closely supervise children when
the upright position, be certain uses the seat.
they are around cars to prevent
that they are completely secured
them from playing and becoming
in the latched position. If they are
locked in the trunk where they
not completely secured, passen-
could be seriously injured. Keep
gers may be injured in an accident
the car locked with the rear seat-
or sudden stop.
back securely latched when not in
O Never allow anyone to ride in the use, and prevent children’s ac-
luggage area or on the rear seat cess to car keys.
when it is in the fold-down posi-
tion. Use of these areas by pas-
sengers without proper restraint
SIR0088B
1-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
To raise the head restraint, simply pull it up. ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT
To lower, push the lock knob and push the (Front seats) O Active head restraints are de-
head restraint down. signed to supplement other safety
systems. Always wear seat belts.
No system can prevent all injuries
in any accident.
O Do not attach anything to the head
restraint stalks. Doing so could
impair active head restraint func-
tion.
SIR0113
SIR0144 The head restraint moves forward utilizing the
force that the seatback receives from the
Adjust the head restraints so the center is level occupant in a rear-end collision. The move-
with the center of your ears. WARNING
ment of the head restraint helps support the
O Always adjust the head restraints occupant’s head by reducing its backward
properly as specified in the previ- movement and helping absorb some of the
ous section. Failure to do so can forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries.
reduce the effectiveness of the ac- Active head restraints are effective for colli-
tive head restraint. sions at low to medium speeds in which it is
said that whiplash injury occurs most.
1-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Active head restraints operate only in certain ARMREST SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
rear-end collisions. After the collision, the SYSTEM
head restraints return to their original posi-
tions. PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-
MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Properly adjust the active head restraints as
described in the previous section. This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
section contains important information con-
cerning the driver and passenger supplemen-
tal front air bags and supplemental side air
bags and pre-tensioner seat belt.
Supplemental front air bag system: This
system can help cushion the impact force to
the face and chest of the driver and front
passenger in certain frontal collisions.
Supplemental side-impact air bag sys-
tem: This system can help cushion the
impact force to the head and the chest area of
the driver and front passenger in certain side
impact collisions. The supplemental side air
SIR0067
bag is designed to inflate on the side where
Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal. the vehicle is impacted.
These supplemental restraint systems are de-
1-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
signed to supplement the crash protection
provided by the driver and front passenger
seat belts and are not a substitute for them.
Seat belts should always be correctly worn
and the driver and front passenger seated a
suitable distance away from the steering
wheel, instrument panel and front door finish-
ers. (See “Seat belts” later in this section for
instructions and precautions on seat belt
usage.)
After turning the ignition key to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag
warning light illuminates. The supple-
mental air bag warning light will turn off SIR0092
after about 7 seconds if the system is op-

erational. pact, roll over, or lower severity
WARNING frontal collision. Always wear
your seat belts to help reduce the
O The supplemental front air bags risk or severity of injury in various
ordinarily will not inflate in the kinds of accidents.
event of a side impact, rear im-
1-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
serious or fatal injuries from the

supplemental front air bag if you
are up against it when it inflates.
Always sit back against the seat-
back and as far away as practical
from the steering wheel or instru-
ment panel. Always use the seat
belts.
O The driver and front passenger
seat belt buckles are equipped
with sensors that detect if the
seat belts are fastened. The air
SIR0093 bag system monitors the severity
of a collision and then inflates the
air bags based on belt usage.
If you are unrestrained, leaning
O The seat belts and the supplemen- Failure to properly wear seat
forward, sitting sideways or out of
tal front air bags are most effec- belts can increase the risk or
position in any way, you are at
tive when you are sitting well back severity of injury in an accident.
greater risk of injury or death in a
and upright in the seat. Front air crash. You may also receive O Keep hands on the outside of the
bags inflate with great force. steering wheel. Placing them in-
1-9
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
side the steering wheel rim could

increase the risk that they are
injured when the supplemental
front air bag inflates.
SIR0007 SIR0008
SIR0006
1-10
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SIR0009 SIR0010 SIR0011
1-11
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
An inflating supplemental front

WARNING air bag could seriously injure or
kill your child. For additional in-
O Never let children ride unre- formation, see “Child restraints”
strained or extend their hands or later in this section.
face out of the window. Do not at-
tempt to hold them in your lap or
arms. Some examples of danger-
ous riding positions are shown in
the previous illustrations.
O Children may be severely injured
or killed when the supplemental
front air bag or supplemental side SIR0059
air bag inflates if they are not
properly restrained. Preteens and
children should be properly re-
strained in the rear seat if pos-
WARNING
sible.
Supplemental side air bag
O Also never install a rear facing O The supplemental side air bag
child restraint in the front seat. ordinarily will not inflate in the
1-12
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O The seat belts and the supplemen-

tal side air bag are most effective
when you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat. The side air
bag inflates with great force. Do
not allow anyone to place their
hand, leg or face near the side air
bag on the side of the seatback of
SIR0121
the front seat. Do not allow anyone
sitting in the front seat to extend
their hand out of the window or
lean against the door. Some ex-
SIR0094
amples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the previous
illustrations.
event lower severity side colli-
sion. Always wear your seat belts O When sitting in the rear seat, do
to help reduce the risk or severity not hold onto the seatback of the
of injury in various kinds of front seat. If the supplemental
SIR0122
accidents. side air bag inflates, you may be
seriously injured. Be especially
1-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
careful with children, who should

always be properly restrained.
O Do not use seat covers on the
front seatbacks. They may inter-
fere with supplemental side air
bag inflation.
SIR0137A
Supplemental front air bag sys- fication requirements under U.S. regulations.
tem They are also permitted in Canada. The
optional certification allows front air bags to
The driver supplemental air bag is located in
be designed to inflate somewhat less force-
the center of the steering wheel; the front
fully than previously. However, all of the
passenger supplemental air bag is mounted in
information, cautions and warnings in
the dashboard above the glove box. These
this manual still apply and must be
systems are designed to meet optional certi-
followed. The front air bags are designed to
1-14
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, and choking. Those with a history of a After turning the ignition key to the ON
although they may inflate if the forces in breathing condition should get fresh air position, the supplemental air bag
another type of collision are similar to those of promptly. warning light illuminates. The supple-
a higher severity frontal impact. They may not mental air bag warning light will turn off
Supplemental front air bags, along with the
inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle after about 7 seconds if the system is op-
use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact
damage (or lack of it) is not always an erational.
force on the face and chest of the front
indication of proper supplemental air bag
occupants. They can help save lives and
operation.
reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating WARNING
The supplemental air bag system has dual front air bag may cause facial abrasions or
stage inflators for both the driver and passen- other injuries. Front air bags do not provide O Do not place any objects on the
ger air bags. The system monitors information restraint to the lower body. steering wheel pad or on the in-
from the crash zone sensor, the diagnosis strument panel. Also, do not place
The seat belts should be correctly worn and
sensor unit and seat belt buckle sensors that any objects between any occupant
the driver and passenger seated upright as far
detect if the seat belts are fastened, inflator and the steering wheel or instru-
as practical away from the steering wheel or
operation is based on the severity of a ment panel. Such objects may be-
dash board. The supplemental front air bags
collision and whether the seat belts are being come dangerous projectiles and
inflate quickly in order to help protect the front
used. cause injury if the supplemental
occupants. Because of this, the force of the
front air bag inflates.
When the supplemental front air bag inflates, front air bag inflating can increase the risk of
a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by injury if the occupant is too close to, or is O Right after inflation, several air
release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful against the air bag module during inflation. bag system components will be
and does not indicate a fire. Care should be The air bag will deflate quickly after the hot. Do not touch them; you may
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation collision is over.
1-15
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
severely burn yourself. and above the dashboard, or by O A cracked windshield should be
installing additional trim material replaced immediately by a quali-
O No unauthorized changes should
around the air bag system. fied repair facility. A cracked
be made to any components or
windshield could affect inflation
wiring of the supplemental front O Work around and on the supple- of the supplemental air bag sys-
air bag system. This is to prevent mental front air bag system tem.
accidental inflation of the air bag should be done by an INFINITI
or damage to the air bag system. dealer. Installation of electrical When selling your vehicle, we request that you
equipment should also be done inform the buyer about the supplemental front
O Do not make unauthorized
by an INFINITI dealer. The SRS air bag system and guide the buyer to the
changes to your vehicle’s electri- appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
wiring harnesses* should not be
cal system, suspension system or
modified or disconnected. Unau- Supplemental side-impact air bag
front end structure. This could
thorized electrical test equipment system
affect proper operation of the
and probing devices should not
supplemental air bag system.
be used on the air bag system.
O Tampering with the supplemental
* The SRS wiring harnesses are
front air bag system may result in
covered with yellow insulation ei-
serious personal injury. Tamper-
ther just before the harness con-
ing includes changes to the steer-
nectors or over the complete har-
ing wheel and the instrument
ness for easy identification.
panel assembly by placing mate-
rial over the steering wheel pad
SIR0129
1-16
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
The supplemental side air bags are located in reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating
the outside of the seatback of the front seats. side air bag may cause abrasions or other
The supplemental side air bag (on the driver injuries. Supplemental side air bags do not WARNING
or front passenger seat) is designed to inflate provide restraint to the lower body.
in higher severity side collisions, although it O Do not place any objects near the
The seat belts should be correctly worn and
may inflate if the forces in another type of seatback of the front seats. Also,
the driver and passenger seated upright as far
collision are similar to those of a higher do not place any objects (an um-
as practical away from supplemental side air
severity side impact. It is designed to inflate brella, bag, etc.) between the
bag. The side air bags inflate quickly in order
on the side where the vehicle is impacted. It front door finisher and the front
to help protect the front occupants. Because of
may not inflate in certain side collisions.
this, the force of the side air bag inflating can seat. Such objects may become
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
increase the risk of injury if the occupant is dangerous projectiles and cause
indication of proper supplemental side air bag
too close to, or is against, the side air bag injury if the supplemental side air
operation.
module during inflation. The side air bag will bag inflates.
When the supplemental side air bag inflates, a deflate quickly after the collision is over.
fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by
After turning the ignition key to the ON O Right after inflation, several
release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful supplemental side air bag system
position, the supplemental air bag
and does not indicate a fire. Care should be components will be hot. Do not
warning light illuminates. The supple-
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation touch them; you may severely
mental air bag warning light will turn off
and choking. Those with a history of a
after about 7 seconds if the system is op- burn yourself.
breathing condition should get fresh air
erational.
promptly. O No unauthorized changes should
Supplemental side air bags, along with the be made to any components or
use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact wiring of the supplemental side
force on the head and the chest of the front
occupants. They can help save lives and
1-17
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
air bag system. This is to prevent O Work around and on the supple-
accidental inflation of the side air mental side air bag system Pre-tensioner seat belt system
bag or damage to the side air bag should be done by an INFINITI (For front seats)
system. dealer. Installation of electrical
equipment should also be done WARNING
O Do not make unauthorized
by an INFINITI dealer.
changes to your vehicle’s electri-
The SRS wiring harnesses* O The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot
cal system, suspension system or
should not be modified or discon- be reused after activation. It must
side panel. This could affect
nected. Unauthorized electrical be replaced together with the re-
proper operation of the side air
test equipment and probing de- tractor as a unit.
bag system.
vices should not be used on the
O Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system. O If the vehicle becomes involved in
side air bag system may result in a frontal collision but the pre-
* The SRS wiring harnesses are tensioner is not activated, be sure
serious personal injury. For ex-
covered with yellow insulation ei- to have the pre-tensioner system
ample, do not change the front
ther just before the harness con- checked and, if necessary, re-
seat assembly by placing mate-
nectors or over the complete har- placed by your INFINITI dealer.
rial near the seatback of the front
ness for easy identification.
seat, or by installing additional O No unauthorized changes should
trim material, such as seat cov- be made to any components or
ers, around the side air bag When selling your vehicle, we request that you wiring of the pre-tensioner seat
system. inform the buyer about the supplemental side belt system. This is to prevent
air bag system and guide the buyer to the
1-18
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
history of a breathing condition should get
accidental activation of the pre- appropriate INFINITI Service fresh air promptly.
tensioner seat belt or damage to Manual. Incorrect disposal proce-
the pre-tensioner seat belt opera- dures could cause personal in- If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner
tion. Tampering with the pre- jury. system, the supplemental air bag warning
tensioner seat belt system may light will not come on, will flash inter-
result in serious personal injury. mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and
The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt system remain on after the ignition key has been
O Work around and on the pre- activates in conjunction with the supplemental turned to the ON or START position. In this
tensioner system should be done front air bag. Working with the seat belt case, the pre-tensioner seat belt may not
by an INFINITI dealer. Installation retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt the function properly.
of electrical equipment should instant the vehicle becomes involved in cer-
also be done by an INFINITI When selling your vehicle, we request that you
tain types of collisions, helping to restrain
dealer. Unauthorized electrical inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat
front seat occupants. belt system and guide the buyer to the
test equipment and probing de-
vices should not be used on the The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
pre-tensioner seat belt system. belt’s retractor. These seat belts are used the
same as conventional seat belts.
O If you need to dispose of the
pre-tensioner or scrap the ve- When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,
hicle, contact an INFINITI dealer. smoke is released and a loud noise may be
Correct pre-tensioner disposal heard. The smoke is not harmful, but care
procedures are set forth in the should be taken not to inhale it as it may
cause irritation and choking. Those with a
1-19
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG
WARNING LABELS WARNING LIGHT
SIR0132
The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-

playing in the instrument panel, moni-
tors the circuits of the supplemental front air
SIR0096D bag system, supplemental side air bag sys-
tem, and pre-tensioner seat belt. The circuits
Warning labels about the supplemental air
monitored by the air bag warning light are the
bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown
diagnosis sensor unit, satellite sensors, front
in the illustration.
air bag modules, side air bag modules and all
related wiring, and pre-tensioner seat belt.
After turning the ignition key to the ON
1-20
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
position, the supplemental air bag warning supplemental side air bags, related parts and
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag pre-tensioner seat belt should be pointed out
WARNING to the person conducting the maintenance.
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the system is operational. The ignition key should always be in the
If the supplemental air bag warning
LOCK position when working under the hood
If any of the following conditions occur, the light is on, it could mean that the
or inside the vehicle.
supplemental front air bag system, supple- supplemental front air bag system,
mental side air bag system, and pre-tensioner supplemental side air bag system
seat belt need servicing: and/or pre-tensioner seat belt will WARNING
not operate in an accident.
O The supplemental air bag warning light O Once the supplemental front air
remains on after approximately 7 seconds. bag, supplemental side air bag
Repair and replacement proce- and/or pre-tensioner seat belt
O The supplemental air bag warning light dure have activated, the air bag module
flashes intermittently. will not function again and must
The supplemental front air bags, supplemental
O The supplemental air bag warning light side air bags and pre-tensioner seat belt are be replaced, additionally, if the
does not come on at all. designed to activate on a one-time-only basis. front air bags inflate, the pre-
As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the tensioner seat belts must also be
Under these conditions, the supplemental supplemental air bag warning light will remain replaced. The module should be
front air bags, supplemental side air bags illuminated after inflation has occurred. Repair replaced by an INFINITI dealer.
and/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not operate and replacement of these systems should be The supplemental front air bag
properly. They must be checked and repaired. done only by authorized INFINITI dealers. module or supplemental side air
Take your vehicle to the nearest authorized When maintenance work is required on the bag module cannot be repaired.
INFINITI dealer. vehicle, the supplemental front air bags,
1-21
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SEAT BELTS
O The supplemental front air bag
system, supplemental side air PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
bag system and pre-tensioner USAGE
seat belt should be inspected by If you are wearing your seat belt properly
an INFINITI dealer if there is any adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well
damage to the front end or side back in your seat, your chances of being
portion of the vehicle. injured or killed in an accident and/or the
O If you need to dispose of these severity of injury may be greatly reduced.
supplemental systems or scrap INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of
the vehicle, contact an INFINITI your passengers to buckle up every time you
dealer. drive, even if your seating position includes a
supplemental air bag.
Correct disposal procedures are
set forth in the appropriate Most states, provinces or territories re-
INFINITI Service Manual. Incor- quire that seat belts be worn at all times
rect disposal procedures could when a vehicle is being driven.
cause personal injury.
1-22
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SIR0102
1-23
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SIR0125 SIR0016
1-24
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
behind your back, under your arm

WARNING or across your neck. The belt
should be away from your face
O Every person who drives or rides and neck, but not falling off your
in this vehicle should use a seat shoulder.
belt at all times. Children should
be properly restrained in the rear O Position the lap belt as low and
seat and, if appropriate, in a child snug as possible around the hips,
restraint. not the waist. A lap belt worn too
high could increase the risk of
O The belt should be properly ad- internal injuries in an accident.
justed to a snug fit. Failure to do
so may reduce the effectiveness O Be sure the seat belt tongue is
of the entire restraint system and securely fastened to the proper
SIR0014
increase the chance or severity of buckle.
injury in an accident. Serious in- O Do not wear the belt inside out or
jury or death can occur if the seat twisted. Doing so may reduce its
belt is not worn properly. effectiveness.
O Always route the shoulder belt O Do not allow more than one per-
over your shoulder and across son to use the same belt.
your chest. Never run the belt
O Never carry more people in the
1-25
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
vehicle than there are seat belts. retractors and attaching hardware placed if they are damaged.
should be inspected after any col-
O If the seat belt warning light
lision by your INFINITI dealer. CHILD SAFETY
glows continuously while the ig-
INFINITI recommends that all Children need adults to help protect
nition is turned ON with all doors
seat belt assemblies in use dur- them. They need to be properly re-
closed and all seat belts fas-
ing a collision be replaced unless strained.
tened, it may indicate a malfunc-
the collision was minor and the
tion in the system. Have the sys-
belts show no damage and con- The proper restraint depends on the child’s
tem checked by your INFINITI
tinue to operate properly. Seat size. Generally, infants [up to about 1 year and
dealer.
belt assemblies not in use during less than 20 lb (9 kg)] should be placed in
O Once the pre-tensioner seat belt a collision should also be in- rear facing child restraints. Front facing child
has activated, it cannot be reused spected and replaced if either restraints are available for children who out-
and must be replaced together damage or improper operation is grow rear facing child restraints.
with the retractor. See your noted.
INFINITI dealer.
O All child restraints and attaching WARNING
O Removal and installation of the hardware should be inspected af-
pre-tensioner seat belt system ter any collision. Always follow Infants and children need special
components should be done by an the restraint manufacturer’s in- protection. The vehicle’s seat belts
INFINITI dealer. spection instructions and replace- may not fit them properly. The shoul-
O All seat belt assemblies including ment recommendations. The der belt may come too close to the
child restraints should be re- face or neck. The lap belt may not fit
1-26
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
tem) for the front passenger. (See properly positioned across the top, middle
over their small hip bones. In an “Supplemental restraint system” ear- portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low
accident, an improperly fitting seat lier in this section for precautions.) on the hips. The booster seat should fit the
belt could cause serious or fatal vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it
injury. Always use appropriate child Infants and small children
complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
restraints. INFINITI recommends that infants and small Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
children be placed in child restraints that Standards. Once the child has grown so the
All US states and provinces of Canada require comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face
the use of approved child restraints for infants Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety and neck, use the shoulder belt without the
Standards. You should choose a child re- booster seat.
and small children. (See “Child restraints”
straint that fits your vehicle and always follow
later in this section.)
the manufacturer’s instructions for installation
In addition, there are many types of child and use. WARNING
restraints available for larger children which
should be used for maximum protection. Larger children Never let a child stand or kneel on
Children who are too large for child restraints any seat and do not allow a child in
INFINITI recommends that all preteens the cargo areas while the vehicle is
should be seated and restrained by the seat
and children be restrained in the rear moving. The child could be seriously
belts which are provided.
seat if possible. According to accident injured or killed in an accident or a
statistics, children are safer when prop- If the child’s seating position has a shoulder sudden stop.
erly restrained in the rear seat than in belt that fits close to the face or neck, the use
the front seat. This is especially impor- of a booster seat (commercially available) may
tant because your vehicle has a supple- help overcome this. The booster seat should PREGNANT WOMEN
mental restraint system (air bag sys- raise the child so that the shoulder belt is INFINITI recommends that pregnant women
1-27
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn Fastening the seat belts
snug, and always position the lap belt as low belt at all times.
1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this
as possible around the hips, not the waist. O Do not ride in a moving vehicle section.
Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder when the seatback is reclined.
and across your chest. Never run the This can be dangerous. The
lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. shoulder belt will not be against
Contact your doctor for specific recommenda- your body. In an accident you
tions. could be thrown into it and re-
ceive neck or other serious inju-
INJURED PERSONS ries. You could also slide under
INFINITI recommends that injured persons the lap belt and receive serious
use seat belts, depending on the injury. Check internal injuries.
with your doctor for specific recommenda- O For most effective protection SIR0126
tions. when the vehicle is in motion, the
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT seat should be upright. Always sit
WITH RETRACTOR well back in the seat and adjust
the seat belt properly.
WARNING
O Every person who drives or rides
in this vehicle should use a seat
1-28
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
and allow you some freedom of move-
ment in the seat.
SIR0127
SIR0019 SIR0061
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor 3. Position the lap belt portion low and
and insert the tongue into the buckle until snug on the hips as shown.
it snaps.
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
The retractor is designed to lock during retractor to take up extra slack. Make sure
a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pull- the shoulder belt is routed over your
ing motion will permit the belt to move, shoulder and across your chest.
The front passenger and rear seat belts have a
1-29
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
cinching mechanism for child restraint instal- buckle. The seat belt will automatically retract.
lation. It is referred to as the automatic locking they are not completely secured,
passengers may be injured in an Checking seat belt operation
mode.
accident or sudden stop. Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock
When the cinching mechanism is activated the belt movement using two separate methods:
seat belt cannot be withdrawn again until the
seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle Unfastening the seat belts O when the belt is pulled quickly from the
and fully retracted. For additional information, retractor.
see “Child restraints” later in this section. O when the vehicle slows down rapidly.
The automatic locking mode should be To increase your confidence in the belts,
used only for child restraint installation. check their operation as follows:
During normal seat belt use by a pas- O grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly
senger, the locking mode should not be forward. The retractor should lock and
activated. If it is activated it may cause restrict further belt movement.
uncomfortable seat belt tension.
If the retractor does not lock during this check
or if you have any questions about belt
WARNING operation, see your INFINITI dealer.
When fastening the seat belts, be

certain that seatbacks are completely SIR0021
secured in the latched position. If
To unfasten the belt, press the button on the
1-30
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Shoulder belt height adjustment passes over the shoulder. Release the adjust- SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
(For front seats) ment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor
If, because of body size or driving position, it
into position.
The shoulder belt anchor height should be is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder
adjusted to the position best for you. (See To raise, move the adjuster up to the desired belt and fasten it, an extender is available. The
“Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in this position without pushing the button. extender adds approximately 8 inches (200
section.) mm) of length and may be used for either the
WARNING driver or front passenger seating position. See
your INFINITI dealer for assistance if the
O After adjustment, release the but- extender is required.
ton and try to move the shoulder
belt anchor down to make sure it WARNING
is securely fixed in position.
O The shoulder belt anchor height O Only INFINITI belt extenders,
should be adjusted to the position made by the same company which
best for you. Failure to do so may made the original equipment
SIR0116 belts, should be used with
reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and in- INFINITI belts.
The shoulder belt anchor height should be
adjusted to the position best suited for you. crease the chance or severity of O Adults and children who can use
(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier injury in an accident. the standard seat belt should not
in this section.) To lower, push the release use an extender. Such unneces-
button, and then move the shoulder belt sary use could result in serious
anchor to the desired position, so that the belt
1-31
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
guide with a clean, dry cloth.
personal injury in the event of an O Infants and small children should
accident. O Periodically check to see that the never be carried on your lap. It is
seat belt and the metal components not possible for even the stron-
O Never use seat belt extenders to such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flex- gest adult to resist the forces of a
install child restraints. If the child
ible wires and anchors work properly. If severe accident. The child could
restraint is not secured properly,
loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other be crushed between the adult and
the child could be seriously in-
damage on the webbing is found, the entire parts of the vehicle. Also, do not
jured in a collision or a sudden
belt assembly should be replaced. put the same seat belt around
stop.
both your child and yourself.
CHILD RESTRAINTS
O Never install a rear facing child
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE- restraint in the front seat. An
O To clean the seat belt webbings, apply STRAINTS inflating supplemental front air
a mild soap solution or any solution rec- bag could seriously injure or kill
ommended for cleaning upholstery or car- WARNING your child. A rear facing child
pets. Then brush the webbing, wipe it with restraint must only be used in the
O Infants and small children should rear seat.
a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade. Do
always be placed in an appropri-
not allow the seat belts to retract until they O INFINITI recommends that the
ate child restraint while riding in
are completely dry. child restraint be installed in the
the vehicle. Failure to use a child
O If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide restraint can result in serious in- rear seat. According to accident
of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may jury or death. statistics, children are safer when
retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt
1-32
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
keep the following points in mind:
properly restrained in the rear
O choose only a restraint with a label certi- WARNING
seat than in the front seat.
fying that it complies with Federal Motor
O An improperly installed child re- Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian O Improper use of a child restraint
straint could lead to serious in- Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. can result in increased injuries for
jury or death in an accident. O check the child restraint in your vehicle to both the infant or child and other
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s occupants in the vehicle.
In general, child restraints are designed to be seat and seat belt system.
O Follow all of the child restraint
installed with the lap portion of a three-point O if the child restraint is compatible with manufacturer’s instructions for
type seat belt. In addition, this vehicle is your vehicle, place your child in the child installation and use. When pur-
equipped with a universal child restraint lower restraint and check the various adjust- chasing a child restraint, be sure
anchor system, referred to as the LATCH ments to be sure the child restraint is to select one which will fit your
(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) compatible with your child. Always follow child and vehicle. It may not be
system. Some child restraints include two all recommended procedures. possible to properly install some
rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that All US states and Canadian provinces types of child restraints in your
can be connected to these lower anchors. For require that infants and small children vehicle.
details, see “LATCH (Lower Anchors and be restrained in approved child re- O If the child restraint is not an-
Tethers for CHildren) System” later in this straints at all times while the vehicle is chored properly, the risk of a
section. being operated. child being injured in a collision
Child restraints for infants and children of or a sudden stop greatly
various sizes are offered by several manufac- increases.
turers. When selecting any child restraint,
1-33
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT
O Adjustable seatbacks should be restraint. If you must install a CENTER OR OUTBOARD POSI-
positioned to fit the child re- front facing child restraint in the TIONS
straint, but as upright as pos- front seat, see instructions later
sible. in this section. Front facing
O After attaching the child restraint, O When your child restraint is not in
test it before you place the child use, store it in the trunk or keep it WARNING
in it. Tilt it from side to side. Try secured with a seat belt to pre-
to tug it forward and check to see vent it from being thrown around O The three-point belt on your ve-
if the belt holds the restraint in in case of a sudden stop or acci- hicle is equipped with a locking
place. The child restraint should dent. mode retractor which must be
not move more than 1 inch (25 used when installing a child re-
mm). If the restraint is not se- CAUTION straint.
cure, tighten the belt as neces- O Failure to do so will result in the
sary, or put the restraint in an- Remember that a child restraint left child restraint not being properly
other seat and test it again. in a closed vehicle can become very secured. It could tip over or oth-
O For a front facing child restraint, hot. Check the seating surface and erwise be unsecured and cause
check to make sure the shoulder buckles before placing your child in injury to the child in a sudden
belt does not go in front of the the child restraint. stop or collision.
child’s face or neck. If it does, put
the shoulder belt behind the child When you install a child restraint in a rear
outboard or center seat, follow these steps:
1-34
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SIR0117 SIR0118
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. The

direction of the child restraint depends on
the type of the child restraint and the size
of the child. Always follow the restraint SIR0043
manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the buckle
until you hear and feel the latch engage.
Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-
facturer’s instructions for belt routing.
1-35
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SIR0039A SIR0062 SIR0042
3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the 4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the belt 5. Before placing the child in the child
belt is fully extended. At this time, the belt to remove any slack in the belt. restraint, use force to tilt the child restraint
retractor is in the automatic locking mode from side to side, and tug it forward to
(child restraint mode). It reverts back to make sure that it is securely held in place.
emergency locking mode when the belt is It should not move more than 1 inch (25
fully retracted. mm).
6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic
1-36
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
locking mode by trying to pull more belt
out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any used when installing a child re-
more belt webbing out of the retractor, the straint.
belt is in the automatic locking mode. O Failure to do so will result in the
child restraint not being properly
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint
secured. It could tip over or oth-
is properly secured prior to each use. If the
erwise be unsecured and cause
belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through
injury to the child in a sudden
6.
stop or collision. SIR0120
After the child restraint is removed and the
seat belt is allowed to wind back into the 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. The
When you install a child restraint in a rear
retractor, the automatic locking mode (child outboard or center seat, follow these steps: direction of the child restraint depends on
restraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt only the type of the child restraint and the size
locks during a sudden stop or impact. of the child. Always follow the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions.
Rear facing
WARNING
O The three-point belt on your ve-
hicle is equipped with a locking
mode retractor which must be SIR0119
1-37
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SIR0046 SIR0045A SIR0047
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the 4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the belt
child restraint and insert it into the buckle belt is fully extended. At this time, the belt to remove any slack in the belt.
until you hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking mode
Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- (child restraint mode). It reverts back to
facturer’s instructions for belt routing. emergency locking mode when the belt is
fully retracted.
1-38
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
locking mode by trying to pull more belt LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS
out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN)
more belt webbing out of the retractor, the SYSTEM
belt is in the automatic locking mode.
belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through
6.
seat belt is allowed to wind back into the
retractor, the automatic locking mode (child
restraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt only SIR0143B
SIR0048
locks during a sudden stop or impact.
5. Before placing the child in the child WARNING

restraint, use force to tilt the child restraint
from side to side, and tug it forward to O Attach LATCH system compatible
make sure that it is securely held in place. child restraints only at the loca-
It should not move more than 1 inch (25 tions shown. If a child restraint is
mm). not secured properly, your child
1-39
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
compatible system. With this system, you do When installing, carefully read and follow the
could be seriously injured or not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure instructions in this manual and those supplied
killed in an accident. the child restraint. Your vehicle is equipped with the child restraint.
O Do not secure a child restraint in with special anchor points that are used with
When you install a LATCH system compatible
the center rear seating position LATCH system compatible child restraints.
child restraint to the lower anchor attach-
using the LATCH system anchors. Check your child restraint for a label starting
ments, follow these steps:
The child restraint will not be that it is compatible with the LATCH system.
secured properly. This information may also be in the child
O The LATCH system anchors are restraint owner’s manual. If you have such a WARNING
designed to withstand only those child restraint, refer to the illustration for the
seating positions equipped with LATCH sys- Inspect the lower anchors by insert-
loads imposed by correctly fitted
tem anchors which can be used to secure the ing your fingers into the lower anchor
child restraints. Under no circum-
child restraint. area and feeling to make sure there
stance are they to be used for
are no obstructions over the LATCH
adult seat belts or harnesses. The LATCH system anchors are located at the system anchors, such as seat belt
rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A webbing or seat cushion material.
Some child restraints include two rigid or label is attached to the seatback to help you The child restraint will not be secured
webbing-mounted attachments that can be locate the LATCH system anchors. properly if the LATCH system anchors
connected to two anchors located at certain are obstructed.
Some child restraints may also require the use
seating positions in your vehicle. This system
of a top tether strap. See “Top tether strap
is known as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and
child restraint” later in this section for instal- 1. To install the LATCH system compatible
Tether for CHildren) system. This system may
lation instructions. child restraint, insert the child restraint
also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX
1-40
Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X
LATCH system attachments into the an- TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE- Position the top tether strap over the top of the
chor points on the rear seat. If the child STRAINT seatback and secure it to the tether anchor
restraint is equipped with a top tether, see bracket that provides the straightest installa-
“Top tether child restraint” later in this tion. Tighten the tether strap according to the
section for installation instructions. manufacturer’s instruction to remove any
slack.
2. After attaching the child restraint and
before placing the child in it, use force to For best child restraint fit see the child
tilt the child restraint from side to side and restraint installation instructions in this sec-
tug it forward to make sure that the child tion and the child restraint manufacturer’s
restraint is securely held in place. It should instructions.
not move more than 1 inch (25 mm).
SIR0115
3. Check to make sure that the child restraint WARNING
is properly secured prior to each use. If your child restraint has a top tether strap, it
must be secured to the anchor point provided The child restraint anchor point is de-
behind its position. signed to withstand only those loads
Remove the anchor cover from the anchor imposed by correctly fitted child re-
straints. Under no circumstance is it
point as illustrated. Keep the removed cover in
to be used for adult seat belts or har-
a secure place to prevent loss or damage.
nesses.
Then secure the child restraint with the rear
seat belt or the LATCH system (outboard
positions), as applicable.
1-41
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Anchor point locations INSTALLATION ON FRONT
Anchor points are located on the rear parcel PASSENGER SEAT
shelf finisher.
If you have any questions when install-
ing a top strap child restraint on the rear
seat, consult your INFINITI dealer for
details.
SSS0300
restraint in the front passenger

WARNING seat. Supplemental front air bags
inflate with great force. A rear fac-
O Never install a rear facing child ing child restraint could be struck
1-42
Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X
Front facing
by the air bag in a crash and O Failure to use the retractor’s lock-
could seriously injure or kill your ing mode will result in the child If you must install a child restraint in the front
child. restraint not being properly se- seat, follow these steps:
cured. The child restraint could
O INFINITI recommends that child
tip over or otherwise be unse-
restraints be installed in the rear
cured and cause injury to the
seat. However, if you must install
child in a sudden stop or
a front facing child restraint in the
collision.
front passenger seat, move the
passenger seat to the rearmost
position.
O A child restraint with a top tether
strap should not be used in the
front passenger seat.
O The three-point belt in your ve-
hicle is equipped with a locking
mode retractor which must be SSS0301
used when installing a child
restraint. 1. Position the child restraint on the front
passenger seat. It should be placed in a
front facing direction only. Move the seat
to the rearmost position. Adjust the head
1-43
Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X
restraint to its highest position. Always fol- child restraint and insert it into the buckle (child restraint mode). It reverts back to
low the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- until you hear and feel the latch engage. emergency locking mode when the belt is
tions. Child restraints for infants must Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- fully retracted.
be used in the rear facing direction facturer’s instructions for belt routing.
and therefore must not be used in the
front seat.
SIR0056
SIR0053A
4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the belt
SIR0055
3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the to remove any slack in the belt.
belt is fully extended. At this time, the belt
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the retractor is in the automatic locking mode
1-44
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
locking mode by trying to pull more belt
out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any
more belt webbing out of the retractor, the
belt is in the automatic locking mode.
lap belt is not locked, repeat steps 3
through 6.
seat belt is allowed to wind back into the
retractor, the automatic locking mode (child
SSS0302 restraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt only
locks during a sudden stop or impact.
5. Before placing the child in the child
restraint, use force to tilt the child restraint
from side to side, and tug it forward to
make sure that it is securely held in place.
It should not move more than 1 inch (25
mm).
1-45
Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X
2 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
Instrument panel ......................................... 2-2 Turn signal switch................................ 2-20

Meters and gauges ...................................... 2-3 Cornering light...................................... 2-21
Speedometer and odometer................... 2-4 Front fog light switch ................................ 2-21
Tachometer............................................. 2-4 Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-21
Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-5 Horn........................................................... 2-22
Fuel gauge .............................................. 2-5 Heated seats (if so equipped)................... 2-22
Warning/indicator lights and audible Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) .... 2-23
reminders..................................................... 2-7 Traction control system (TCS) off switch
Checking bulbs....................................... 2-7 (if so equipped).................................... 2-24
Warning lights ........................................ 2-8 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch (if so
Indicator lights ..................................... 2-11 equipped)................................................... 2-24
Audible reminders ................................ 2-13 Power outlet .............................................. 2-24
Security systems ....................................... 2-13 Cigarette lighter and ashtray ..................... 2-25
Vehicle security system ....................... 2-13 Sunglasses holder ................................ 2-26
Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System...... 2-15 Cup holder............................................ 2-26
Windshield wiper and washer switch........ 2-16 Glove box ............................................. 2-27
Rear window and outside mirror (if so Console box.......................................... 2-28
equipped) defogger switch ........................ 2-17 Cargo net (if so equipped)................... 2-28
Headlight and turn signal switch............... 2-17 Windows .................................................... 2-29
Xenon headlights.................................. 2-17 Power windows .................................... 2-29
Headlight switch................................... 2-18 Sunroof ...................................................... 2-31
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Electric sunroof .................................... 2-31 Programming HomeLinkT ................... 2-40
Rear sun shade.......................................... 2-33 Programming HomeLinkT for Canadian
Clock .......................................................... 2-34 customers............................................. 2-42
Adjusting the time ................................ 2-34 Operating the HomeLinkT
Trip computer ............................................ 2-35
Universal Transceiver........................... 2-42
Interior light............................................... 2-36
Ceiling................................................... 2-36 Programming trouble diagnosis........... 2-42
Personal light............................................. 2-37 Clearing the programmed
Front ..................................................... 2-38 information ........................................... 2-43
Vanity mirror lights.................................... 2-39 Reprogramming a single HomeLinkT
Trunk light ................................................. 2-39 button ................................................... 2-43
HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver (if so If your vehicle is stolen........................ 2-43
equipped)................................................... 2-39
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
1. Outside mirror remote control (P .3-18)
INSTRUMENT PANEL 2. Headlight and turn signal switch
(P .2-17)/Front fog light switch (P .2-21)
3. Security indicator light (P .2-14)
4. Instrument brightness control switch
(P .2-19)
5. Meters/gauges (P .2-3)
6. Cruise control main/set switch (P .5-13)
7. Traction control (TCS) or Vehicle dynamic
control (VDC) OFF switch (if so equipped)
(P .2-24)
8. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P .2-16)
9. Center ventilator (P .4-2)
10. Audio system (P .4-7) and navigation
control*
11. Clock (P .2-34)
12. Automatic air conditioner (P .4-3)
13. Navigation system*
14. Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P .1-7)
15. Side ventilator (P .4-2)
16. Cup holder (P .2-26)
17. Automatic drive position system cancel
SII0362
switch (P .3-21)
2-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
18. Fuse box cover (P .8-25)
METERS AND GAUGES
19. Hood release handle (P .3-10)
20. Heated steering switch (P .2-23)
21. Steering switch for audio control
(P .4-27)
and trip computer (P .2-35)
22. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P .3-15)
23. Driver supplemental air bag (P .1-7)
24. Ignition switch/steering lock (P .5-5)
25. Hazard warning flasher switch (P .2-21)
26. Rear sun shade control switch (P .2-33)
27. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)
(P .2-22)
28. Cigarette lighter (P .2-25) SII0363
29. Ashtray (P .2-25)
30. Rear window and outside door mirror 1. Warning/Indicator lights 6. A/T indicator
defogger switch (P .2-17) 2. Speedometer 7. Reset knob for trip odometer
31. Glove box (P .2-27)
3. Tachometer 8. Odometer (Total/twin trip)
See the page indicated in parentheses
for operating details. 4. Fuel gauge 9. Display for trip computer
*: Refer to the separate Navigation System 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge
Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)
2-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOM- The twin trip odometer records the distance of TACHOMETER
ETER individual trips.
Speedometer
SII0380
SII0382
The tachometer indicates engine speed in
SII0325 Changing the display: revolutions per minute (rpm).
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed. Pushing the reset knob changes the display as
follows: CAUTION
Odometer/Twin trip odometer
TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A
The odometer/twin trip odometer are dis- When engine speed approaches the
played when the ignition key is in the ON Resetting the trip odometer: red zone, shift to a higher gear. Op-
position. Pushing the reset knob for more than 1 erating the engine in the red zone
second resets the trip odometer to zero. may cause serious engine damage.
The odometer records the total distance the
vehicle has been driven.
2-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA- FUEL GAUGE
TURE GAUGE CAUTION
If the gauge indicates engine coolant
temperature over the normal range,
stop the vehicle as soon as safely
possible. If the engine is overheated,
continued operation of the vehicle
may seriously damage the engine.
See “If your vehicle overheats” in the
SII0383
“6. In case of emergency” section for
SII0328
immediate action required. The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level
The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem- in the tank.
perature.
The gauge may move slightly during braking,
The engine coolant temperature will vary with turning, acceleration, or going up or down
the outside air temperature and driving con- hill.
ditions.
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-
isters Empty.
The low fuel warning light comes on
when the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel
as soon as it is convenient, preferably
2-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
before the gauge reaches E. There will
be a small reserve of fuel in the tank
when the fuel gauge needle reaches E.
The indicates that the fuel filler lid is
located on the driver’s side of the vehicle.
CAUTION
O If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL) may come on. Refuel as
soon as possible. After a few driv-
ing trips, the lamp should
turn off. If the lamp remains on af-
ter a few driving trips, have the ve-
hicle inspected by an INFINITI
dealer.
O For additional information, see
the “Malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL)” later in this section.
2-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

or Anti-lock brake warning
Low washer fluid warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
light
A/T check warning light Seat belt warning light Slip indicator light (if so equipped)
Traction control system off indicator

or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light
light (if so equipped)
Charge warning light Trunk lid open warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator light
Vehicle dynamic control off indica-

Door open warning light Cruise main switch indicator light
tor light (if so equipped)
Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise set indicator light
Low fuel warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)
CHECKING BULBS The following lights come on briefly and then electrical system. Have the system repaired
go off: promptly.
Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition
or , , , , ,
key to ON without starting the engine. The
following lights will come on:
, or , , If any light fails to come on, it may indicate a
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the
2-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
WARNING LIGHTS A/T check warning light 1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid
as necessary. See “Brake and clutch fluid”
or Anti-lock brake When the ignition switch is turned ON, the
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
warning light light comes on for 2 seconds. If the light
section.
After turning the ignition key to the ON blinks for approximately 8 seconds, it may
position, the anti-lock brake warning light will indicate the automatic transmission system is
illuminate. The anti-lock brake warning light not functioning properly. Have your INFINITI WARNING
will turn off after about 2 seconds if the dealer check and repair the transmission.
system is operational. or Brake warning O Your brake system may not be
light working properly if the warning
If the light comes on while the engine is light is on. Driving could be dan-
running, it may indicate the anti-lock brake This light functions for both the parking brake gerous. If you judge it to be safe,
system is not functioning properly. Have the and the foot brake systems. drive carefully to the nearest ser-
system checked by your INFINITI dealer. vice station for repairs. Other-
Parking brake indicator:
If an abnormality occurs in the system, the wise, have your vehicle towed be-
When the ignition key is in the ON position, cause driving it could be danger-
anti-lock function will cease but the ordinary
the light comes on when the parking brake is ous.
brakes will continue to operate normally.
applied.
If the light comes on while you are driv- O Pressing the brake pedal with the
Low brake fluid warning light: engine stopped and/or low brake
ing, contact your INFINITI dealer for re-
pair. The light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the fluid level may increase your
light comes on while the engine is running stopping distance and braking
with the parking brake not applied, stop the will require greater pedal effort
vehicle and perform the following:
2-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
as well as greater pedal travel. section.
CAUTION
O If the brake fluid level is below
the MIN mark on the brake fluid Do not continue driving if the belt is CAUTION
reservoir, do not drive until the loose, broken or missing.
brake system has been checked Running the engine with the oil pres-
at an INFINITI dealer. sure warning light on could cause se-
Door open warning light
rious damage to the engine almost
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the This light comes on when any of the doors are immediately. Turn off the engine as
warning system checked by your INFINITI not closed securely while the ignition key is soon as it is safe to do so.
dealer. ON.
Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warn- Low fuel warning light
ing light This light comes on when the fuel in the tank
If the light comes on while the engine is
running, it may indicate that the charging This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
system is not functioning properly. Turn the the light flickers or comes on during normal convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge
engine off and check the alternator belt. If the driving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop reaches E.
belt is loose, broken, missing or if the light the engine immediately and call an INFINITI There will be a small reserve of fuel re-
remains on, see your INFINITI dealer imme- dealer or other authorized repair shop. maining in the tank when the fuel gauge
diately. needle reaches E.
The oil pressure warning light is not de-
signed to indicate a low oil level. Use the
dipstick to check the oil level. See “Engine
2-9
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Low washer fluid warning Supplemental air bag O The supplemental air bag warning light
light warning light does not come on at all.
This light comes on when the washer tank After turning the ignition key to the ON Unless checked and repaired, the supplemen-
fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid as position, the supplemental air bag warning tal restraint system and/or the pre-tensioner
necessary. See “Window washer fluid” in the light will illuminate. The supplemental air bag seat belt may not function properly. For
“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. warning light will turn off after about 7 additional information, see “Supplemental re-
seconds if the supplemental front air bag straint system” in the “1. Seats, restraints and
Seat belt warning light and
system, supplemental side air bag system supplemental air bag systems” section.
chime
and/or pre-tensioner seat belt are operational.
The light and chime remind you to fasten seat
belts. The light illuminates whenever the If any of the following conditions occur, the WARNING
ignition key is turned to ON, and will remain supplemental front air bag, supplemental side
illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is air bag and pre-tensioner seat belt need If the supplemental air bag warning
fastened. At the same time, the chime will servicing and your vehicle must be taken to light is on, it could mean that the
sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s supplemental air bag system,
your nearest authorized INFINITI dealer.
seat belt is securely fastened. supplemental side air bag system
O The supplemental air bag warning light and/or pre-tensioner seat belt will
See “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints does not come on and remain on for 7 not operate in an accident.
and supplemental air bag systems” section for seconds and then go off as described
precautions on seat belt usage. above.
Trunk lid open warning
O The supplemental air bag warning light
light
flashes intermittently or remains on (after 7
seconds). This light comes on when the trunk lid is not
2-10
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
closed securely while the ignition key is ON. beam is on and goes out when the low beam Operation
is selected.
INDICATOR LIGHTS The malfunction indicator lamp will come on
Malfunction indicator in one of two ways:
Cruise main switch indi-
lamp (MIL)
cator light O Malfunction indicator lamp on steady —
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on An emission control system malfunction
The light comes on when the main switch is steady or blinks while the engine is running, has been detected. Check the fuel filler
pushed. The light goes out when the main it may indicate a potential emission control cap. If the fuel filler cap is loose or
switch is pushed again. When the cruise main malfunction. missing, tighten or install the cap and
switch indicator light comes on, the cruise
The malfunction indicator lamp may also continue to drive the vehicle. The
control system is operational.
come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or lamp should turn off after a few
Cruise set indicator light missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. driving trips. If the lamp does not
The light comes on while the vehicle speed is Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is turn off after a few driving trips, have the
controlled by the cruise control system. If the installed and closed tightly, and that the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer.
light flickers while the engine is running, it vehicle has at least three gallons (14 liters) of You do not need to have your vehicle
fuel in the fuel tank. towed to the dealer.
may indicate the cruise control system is not
functioning properly. Have the system After a few driving trips, the lamp O Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — An
checked by your INFINITI dealer. should turn off if no other potential emission engine misfire has been detected which
control system malfunction exists. may damage the emission control system.
High beam indicator light
(Blue) To reduce or avoid emission control sys-
tem damage:
This light comes on when the headlight high
2-11
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH properly. Have the system checked by your
(72 km/h). damage to the emission control sys- INFINITI dealer.
tem.
b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration. The traction control system off indicator light
may come on for the following reasons.
c) Avoid steep uphill grades. Slip indicator light (if so
a) If the system is turned off by pressing
d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo equipped)
the button on the instrument panel,
being hauled or towed. This indicator will blink when the VDC system the indicator light will come on and
The malfunction indicator lamp may stop or the traction control system is operating, stay on. To turn the system back on,
blinking and come on steady. thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road press the button again. The indicator
surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing light should go off.
Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI its traction limits.
dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle b) If engine speed is above 4,000 rpm in
towed to the dealer. Traction control system off a selected gear. Use D range on low
indicator light (if so friction road surfaces.
equipped) If the traction control system off indicator light
CAUTION
After turning the ignition key to the ON comes on and stays on for an extended period
Continued vehicle operation without position, the light will illuminate. The light will of time when the system is turned on, have
having the emission control system turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is your vehicle checked by your INFINITI dealer.
checked and repaired as necessary operational.
could lead to poor driveability, re- If the light stays on or comes on when you are
duced fuel economy, and possible driving, there may be a problem with your
traction control system and it may not operate
2-12
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Vehicle dynamic control AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning
off indicator light (if so Key reminder chime The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-
equipped) ings. When a brake pad requires replacement,
The chime will sound if the driver’s side door
The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic it will make a high pitched scraping sound
is opened while the key is left in the ignition
control off switch is pushed to OFF . This when the vehicle is in motion whether or not
switch (ignition switch is turned off). Remove
indicates the vehicle dynamic control system the brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakes
the key and take it with you when leaving the
and the traction control system are not oper- checked as soon as possible if the warning
vehicle.
ating. sound is heard.
Light reminder chime
Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch SECURITY SYSTEMS
The headlights reminder chime will sound
again or restart the engine and the system will Your vehicle has two types of security sys-
when the driver’s door is opened and the light
operate normally. See “Vehicle dynamic con- tems, as follows:
switch is on, unless the ignition key is in the
trol” in the “5. Starting and driving” section. ON position. O Vehicle Security System
While the vehicle dynamic control system is Make sure to turn the light switch off when O Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System
operating, you may feel slight vibration or you leave the vehicle.
hear the system working when starting the The security condition will be shown by the
vehicle or accelerating, but this is normal. Seat belt warning chime security indicator light.
The chime will sound for about 6 seconds VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
Turn signal/hazard indica-
unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fas-
tor lights The vehicle security system provides visual
tened.
The light flashes when the turn signal switch and audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle
are disturbed.
lever or hazard switch is turned on.
2-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Security indicator light using the keyfob, the hazard indicators O the alarm automatically turns off after
flash twice to indicate all doors are locked. approximately 1 minute. However, the
alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered
4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light
with again. The alarm can be shut off by
comes on. The SECURITY light glows for
unlocking a door or trunk lid with the key,
about 30 seconds and then blinks. The
or by pressing the unlock button on the
system is now activated. If, during this 30
keyfob.
second time period, the door is unlocked
by the key or the keyfob, or the ignition key The alarm is activated by:
is turned to ACC or ON, the system will
O Opening the door without using the key or
SII0035 not activate.
keyfob.
Even when the driver and/or passengers
How to activate the vehicle secu- O Opening the hood.
rity system are in the vehicle, the system will acti-
vate with all doors, hood and trunk lid O Opening the trunk lid.
1. Close all windows. locked and ignition key off. How to stop alarm
The system can be activated even if the Vehicle security system opera- The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door
windows are open. tion or trunk lid with the key, or by pressing the
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch. The security system will give the following UNLOCK button on the keyfob. The alarm will
3. Close and lock all doors, hood and trunk alarm: not stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC
lid. Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK or ON.
O the headlights blink and the horn sounds
button on the keyfob or with the key. When intermittently. If the system does not operate as de-
2-14
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
scribed above, have it checked by your 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. cluding interference that may cause un-
INFINITI dealer. 4. Restart the engine while holding the device desired operation of the device.
INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBI- (which may have caused the interference) Changes or modifications not expressly
LIZER SYSTEM separate from the registered Infiniti Vehicle approved by the manufacturer for com-
Immobilizer System key. pliance could void the user’s authority to
The Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System will
If this procedure allows the engine to start, operate the equipment.
not allow the engine to start without the use of
the registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- INFINITI recommends placing the registered Security indicator light
tem key. Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a
separate key ring to avoid interference from
If the engine fails to start using the registered other devices.
Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key (for
Statement related to section 15 of FCC
example, when interference is caused by
rules for Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer
another Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System
System (CONT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER,
key, an automated toll road device or auto-
ANT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER)
mated payment device on the key ring), restart
the engine using the following procedures: This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry of SII0035
1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi- Canada. Operation is subject to the fol-
tion for approximately 5 seconds. lowing two conditions; This light blinks whenever the ignition switch
2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or (1) This device may not cause harmful is in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This
LOCK position and wait approximately 10 interference, and (2) this device must function indicates the security systems
seconds. accept any interference received, in- equipped on the vehicle are operational.
2-15
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
If Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-
functioning, this light will remain on while the shield and obscure your vision which
ignition key is in the ON position. may lead to an accident. Warm the
windshield with the defroster before
If the light still remains on and/or the en- you wash the windshield.
gine will not start, see your INFINITI
dealer for Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer
CAUTION
System service as soon as possible.
Please bring all Infiniti Vehicle Immobi- The following could damage the
SII0364
lizer System keys that you have when washer system:
visiting your INFINITI dealer for service. Push the lever down to operate the wiper.
O Do not operate the washer continu-
Intermittent operation can be adjusted from 2 ously for more than 30 seconds.
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
to 13 seconds by turning the knob. O Do not operate the washer if the
WASHER SWITCH
The windshield wiper and washer operates Pull the lever toward you to operate the reservoir tank is empty.
when the ignition key is in the ON position. washer. The wiper will also operate several
times.
WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the wind-
2-16
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
REAR WINDOW AND OUT -

semble. Always have your xenon
SIDE MIRROR (if so CAUTION headlights replaced at an
equipped) DEFOGGER INFINITI dealer.
SWITCH When cleaning the inner side of the
rear window, be careful not to scratch O Xenon headlights provide consid-
or damage the rear window defog- erably more light than conven-
ger. tional headlights. If they are not
correctly aimed, they might tem-
porarily blind an oncoming driver
HEADLIGHT AND TURN or the driver ahead of you and
SIGNAL SWITCH cause a serious accident. If head-
lights are not aimed correctly,
XENON HEADLIGHTS
immediately take your vehicle to
SII0312 an INFINITI dealer and have the
WARNING headlights adjusted correctly.
To defog/defrost the rear window glass and
outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the HIGH VOLTAGE
When the xenon headlight is initially turned
engine and push the switch on. The indicator
on, its brightness or color varies slightly.
light will come on. Push the switch again to O When xenon headlights are on,
However, the color and brightness will soon
turn the defogger off. they produce a high voltage. To
stabilize.
prevent an electric shock, never
It will automatically turn off in approximately attempt to modify or disas- O The life of xenon headlights will be
15 minutes. shortened by frequent on-off opera-
2-17
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
tion. It is generally desirable not to HEADLIGHT SWITCH automatically turn off 45 seconds after a front
turn off the headlights for short inter- door is opened and closed.
vals (for example, when the vehicle
Lighting
When the light switch is turned to the
stops at a traffic signal). Even when
position, the headlight low or high
the daytime running lights are active
(Canada only), the xenon headlights beam will turn off.
do not turn on. This way the life of the Turn the switch to the position:
xenon headlights is not reduced.
The front parking, side marker, tail, license
O If the xenon headlight bulb is close to plate and instrument lights will come on.
burning out, the brightness will dras-
tically decrease, the light will start Turn the switch to the position:
blinking, or the color of the light will SII0366 Headlights will come on and all the other
become reddish. If one or more of the lights remain on.
above signs appear, contact an Turn the switch to the AUTO position:
INFINITI dealer. When the ignition key is in the ON position,
the tail light, headlight, instrument light and
other lights turn on automatically, depending
on the brightness of the surroundings. The
headlight will automatically turn off 5 minutes
after the ignition switch has been turned to the
OFF position and the driver’s or front passen-
ger’s door is opened. The headlight will also
2-18
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
matically turn off 5 minutes after the
ignition switch has been turned to the OFF the headlight is turned off auto-
position. matically.
O When the headlight switch remains in the

or position after the lights Instrument brightness control
automatically turn off, the lights will turn
on when the headlight switch is turned to
the OFF position, and turn to the or
SII0082B
position.
Be sure not to put anything on top of the
photo sensor located on the top left- CAUTION
hand side of the instrument panel. The
photo sensor controls the autolight; if it O Be sure to turn the light switch to
is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if the OFF position when you leave SII0042
it is dark and the headlights will illumi- the vehicle for extended periods of
The instrument brightness control operates
nate. time, otherwise the battery will go
when the light switch is in the AUTO (ignition
dead.
Battery saver system key is in the ON position), or
O Never leave the light switch on position.
O When the headlight switch is in the
when the engine is not running for
or position while the ignition Turn the control to adjust the brightness of
extended periods of time and if
switch is in the ON position, the lights instrument panel lights (except clock) and
(including the front fog light) will auto- power window switch lights.
2-19
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
When the control is turned to the right until a Daytime running light system
click sound is heard, the light intensity will be (Canada only) tem is active, tail lights on your
at maximum. When the control is turned to the vehicle are not on. It is necessary at
The headlights automatically illuminate at a dusk to turn on your headlights.
left until a click sound is heard, the light will
reduced intensity when the engine is started Failure to do so could cause an
be turned off.
with the parking brake released. The daytime accident injuring yourself and oth-
Headlight beam select running lights operate with the headlight ers.
switch in the OFF position or in the
position. Turn the headlight switch to
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
the position for full illumination when
driving at night. Turn signal
If the parking brake is applied before the
engine is started, the daytime running lights
do not illuminate. The daytime running lights
illuminate once the parking brake is released.
SII0367 The daytime running lights will remain on
until the ignition switch is turned off.
To select the high beam, push the lever
forward. Pull it back to select the low beam.
WARNING
Passing signal SII0368
Pulling the lever toward you will turn on the When the daytime running light sys- Move the lever up or down to signal the
headlight high beam. turning direction. When the turn is completed,
2-20
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
the turn signals cancel automatically. FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH HAZARD WARNING
Lane change signal FLASHER SWITCH
To indicate a lane change, move the lever up
or down to the point where lights begin
flashing.
CORNERING LIGHT
SII0369
SII0261
To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight
switch to the position, then turn the Push the switch on to warn other drivers when
switch to the position. To turn them off, you must stop or park under emergency
turn the switch to the OFF position. conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.
SII0041 The headlights must be on for the fog lights to Some state laws may prohibit the use of
operate. the hazard warning flasher switch while
The cornering light provides additional illu- driving.
mination toward the turning direction. The
light will come on when the turn signal lever
is moved to the right or left with the headlights
on.
2-21
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
HORN
serious personal injury.
WARNING
HEATED SEATS (if so
O If stopping for an emergency, be equipped)
sure to move the vehicle well off
the road.
O Do not use the switch while mov-
ing on the highway unless un-
usual circumstances force you to
drive so slowly that your vehicle SII0262
might become a hazard to other
traffic. To sound the horn, push the center pad area
of the steering wheel.
O Turn signals do not work when SII0370
the switch is operating.
WARNING The front seats or rear seats are warmed by
The flasher can be actuated with the ignition built-in heaters. The switches are located on
switch either off or on. Do not disassemble the horn. Doing the center console and on the inside of the
so could affect proper operation of rear door.
the supplemental front air bag sys-
1. Start the engine.
tem. Tampering with the supplemen-
tal front air bag system may result in 2. Push the low or high position of the
switch, as desired, depending on the tem-
2-22
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
perature. The indicator light in the switch HEATED STEERING WHEEL
will illuminate. O Do not place anything hard or
heavy on the seat or pierce it with
(if so equipped)
The heater is controlled by a thermostat, a pin or similar object. This may
automatically turning the heater on and off. result in damage to the heater.
The indicator light will remain on as long
O Any liquid spilled on the heated
as the switch is on.
seat should be removed immedi-
3. When the seat is warmed or before you ately with a dry cloth.
leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch
O When cleaning the seat, never
to the off position (center). use benzine, thinner, or any simi-
lar materials.
SII0365
CAUTION O If any abnormalities are found or
the heated seat does not operate, Push the heated steering switch to warm the
O Do not use the seat heater for ex- turn the switch off and have the steering wheel after the engine starts.
tended periods or when no one is system checked by your INFINITI
using the seat. The indicator lights will come on.
dealer.
O Do not put anything on the seat Push the switch again to turn the heated
O The battery could run down if the
which insulates heat, such as a steering off.
seat heater is operated while the
blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. engine is not running. It will automatically turn off in approximately
Otherwise, the seat may become 30 minutes.
overheated.
2-23
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM VEHICLE DYNAMIC CON- POWER OUTLET
(TCS) OFF SWITCH (if so TROL (VDC) OFF SWITCH (if
equipped) so equipped)
SII0265
SII0191 The power outlet is for powering electrical

SII0371
accessories such as cellular telephones.
To cancel the Traction Control System (TCS), To cancel the Vehicle Dynamic Control Sys-
push the TCS OFF switch. The indicator tem (VDC), push the “VDC OFF” switch to
will come on. Push it again or restart turn off the system. The indicator will
CAUTION
the engine to turn the system back on. come on.
O Use caution as the outlet and plug
See “Traction control system” in the “5. Push the “VDC OFF” switch again or restart may be hot during or immediately
Starting and driving” section. the engine and the system will operate nor- after use.
mally. See “Vehicle dynamic control” in the
O This power outlet is not designed
“5. Starting and driving” section.
2-24
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
The cigarette lighter operates when the igni-
for use with a cigarette lighter O Push the plug in as far as it will tion switch is in the ACC or ON position.
unit. go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat or the in- Push the lighter in all the way. When the
O Do not use with accessories that lighter is heated, it will spring out.
ternal temperature fuse may
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A)
blow. Return the lighter to its original position after
power draw. Do not use double
adapters or more than one elec- O When not in use, be sure to close use.
trical accessory. the cap. Do not allow water to
contact the socket.
O Use this power outlet with the WARNING
engine running. (If the engine is
stopped, this could result in a CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND The cigarette lighter should not be
discharged battery.) ASHTRAY used while driving so full attention
may be given to vehicle operation.
O Avoid using when the air condi-
tioner, headlights or rear window
defogger is on.
O Before inserting or disconnecting
CAUTION
a plug, be sure to turn off the
The cigarette lighter socket is a
power switch of electrical acces-
power source for the cigarette lighter
sory being used or the ACC power
element only. The use of the ciga-
of the vehicle.
rette lighter socket as a power source
SII0372
2-25
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
CUP HOLDER
for any other accessory is not recom- used while driving so full attention
mended. may be given to vehicle operation.
SUNGLASSES HOLDER CAUTION

O Do not use for anything other than
glasses.
O Do not leave glasses in the sun-
glasses holder while parking in
SII0374
direct sunlight. The heat may
damage the glasses. For larger cups, remove the inside tray.
SII0373 WARNING
The sunglasses holder can be opened by The cup holder should not be used
pushing the lid. while driving so full attention may be
given to vehicle operation.
WARNING
The sunglasses holder should not be
2-26
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
GLOVE BOX
SII0266
SII0289
CAUTION When locking or unlocking the glove box, use

the master key or wallet key.
SII0282
O Avoid abrupt starting and braking The glove box may be opened by pulling the
when the cup holder is being used handle.
to prevent spilling the drink. If the
CAUTION liquid is hot, it can scald you or
your passenger. WARNING
Do not put hot drinks in the instru-
ment panel cup holder. O Use only soft cups in the cup Keep glove box lid closed while driv-
holder. Hard objects can injure ing to help prevent injury in an acci-
you in an accident. dent or a sudden stop.
2-27
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
CONSOLE BOX
WARNING
The center console box should not be
used while driving so full attention
may be given to vehicle operation.
CARGO NET (if so equipped)
SII0269A
SII0375
The cargo net helps keep packages in the
cargo area from moving around while your
vehicle is driven.
2-28
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
* If the vehicle is equipped with a 215/55HR WINDOWS
spare tire, you cannot use the cargo net
retainer located here. POWER WINDOWS
To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to

the retainers.
WARNING
To remove the cargo net, detach the hooks O Make sure that all passengers
from the cargo net retainers. have their hands, etc. inside the
vehicle while it is in motion and
SII0303
WARNING before closing the windows. Use
the window lock switch to prevent The power windows operate when the ignition
O Properly secure all cargo to help unexpected use of the power win- key is in the ON position, or for about 45
prevent it from sliding or shifting. dows. seconds after the ignition key is turned to the
O Be sure to secure hooks into the O Do not leave children unattended OFF position. If the driver’s or front passen-
retainers. The cargo restrained in inside the vehicle. They could ger’s door is opened during this period of
the net must not exceed 30 lb unknowingly activate switches or about 45 seconds, power to the windows is
(13.6 kg) or the net may not stay controls and become trapped in a cancelled.
secured. window. Unattended children
To open or close the window, push down or
could become involved in serious
pull up the switch and hold it. The main
accidents.
switch (driver side switches) will open or
close all the windows.
2-29
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
close the window, hold the switch down or up. Automatic operation
Locking passenger’s windows
When the lock button is pushed in, only the
driver side window can be opened or closed.
Push it in again to cancel.
SII0271
SII0272
SII0198A
The passenger side switch will open or close SII0280
only the corresponding window. To open or

To fully open or close the front window,
2-30
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
completely press or lift the switch and release Sliding the sunroof
it; it need not be held. The window will
WARNING
automatically open or close all the way. To
stop the window, just press or lift the switch There are some small distances im-
on the opposite side. mediately before the closed position
Auto reverse function (For front which cannot be detected. Make sure
windows) that all passengers have their hands,
etc., inside the vehicle before clos-
If the control unit detects something caught in ing the window.
a front window as it moves up, the window
SII0376
will be immediately lowered.
SUNROOF
The auto reverse function can be activated To open the sunroof, move the slide switch
when a front window is closed by automatic ELECTRIC SUNROOF the required distance to the side.
operation when the ignition key is in the ON The sunroof operates when the ignition key is To close the roof, move the slide switch to the
position or for about 45 seconds after the in the ON position, or for about 45 seconds side.
ignition key is turned to the OFF position. after the ignition key is turned to the OFF
position. If the driver’s, or front passenger’s Sliding position of lid can be chosen accord-
Depending on the environment or driving to sliding amount of switch.
door is opened during this period of about 45
ing conditions, the auto reverse function seconds, power to the sunroof is canceled.
may be activated if an impact or load To fully open or close the roof, completely
similar to something being caught in the move the switch to the or side.
window occurs.
2-31
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Restarting the sunroof sliding when the sunroof is closed by automatic Tilting the sunroof
switch operation when the ignition key is in the ON
To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then press
position or for about 45 seconds after the
The sliding switch will become inoperable and hold the side of the tilt switch. To
ignition key is turned to the OFF position.
after the battery terminal is disconnected, the tilt down the sunroof, press and hold the
electrical supply interrupted and/or some ab- Depending on the environment or driv- side.
normality detected. ing conditions, the auto reverse function
may be activated if an impact or load Sun shade
Use the following re-set procedure to return
similar to something being caught in the Open/close the sun shade by sliding it
sunroof operation to normal.
sunroof occurs. backward/forward.
1. If the sunroof lid is open, push the tilting
switch repeatedly toward tilt DOWN to fully The shade will open automatically when the
close the lid.
WARNING sunroof is opened. However, it must be
closed manually.
2. After the lid has closed all the way, keep There are some small distances im-
pushing the tilting switch toward tilt mediately before the closed position
DOWN for more than 1 second. which cannot be detected. Make sure WARNING
that all passengers have their hands,
Auto reverse function (When O In an accident you could be thrown
etc., inside the vehicle before clos-
closing the sunroof) from the vehicle through an open
ing the sunroof.
If the control unit detects something caught in sunroof. Always use seat belts and
the sunroof as it moves to the front, the child restraints.
sunroof will immediately open backward. O Do not allow anyone to stand up
The auto reverse function can be activated
2-32
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
REAR SUN SHADE

or extend any portion of their
body out of the opening while the
vehicle is in motion or while the CAUTION
sunroof is closing.
O To avoid personal injury, keep
your hands, fingers and head
CAUTION away from the sun shade arm, arm
rail and screen inlet port.
O Remove water drops, snow, ice or O Do not allow children near the
sand from the sunroof before rear sun shade system. They
opening. could be injured.
O Do not place any heavy object on O Do not place objects on or near
the sunroof or surrounding area. the rear sun shade. This could
cause improper operation or
If the sunroof does not close damage it.
Have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the O Do not pull or push the rear sun
sunroof. shade. This could cause improper
operation or damage it.
SII0377
2-33
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
The rear sun shade operates when the ignition CLOCK
key is in the ACC or ON position. tion or damage to the screen may
result.
To raise the screen, push the UP side of the
switch. O Do not push the sun shade arm
with your hands, etc., as this may
To lower the screen, push the DOWN side of deform it. Improper operation or
the switch. damage to the screen may result.
The switch need not be held down. O Do not put any object into the
screen inlet port as this may re-
sult in improper operation or
CAUTION damage the screen.
SII0274
O Do not place objects (such as O Do not hang any object on the arm If the power supply is disconnected, the
newspapers, handkerchiefs, etc.) rail as this may result in improper clock will not indicate the correct time.
on the screen inlet port. Doing so operation or damage the screen. Readjust the time.
may entangle these objects in the O Do not forcefully pull the screen. ADJUSTING THE TIME
screen when it is extending or re- Doing so may elongate the To adjust the time, turn the adjusting knob.
tracting, causing improper opera- screen. Improper operation or
tion or damage to the screen. damage to the screen may result.
O Do not place any object on the
screen inlet port. Improper opera-
2-34
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
TRIP COMPUTER automatically selected and ICY will illuminate

in order to draw the driver’s attention. Press
the mode switch if you wish to return to the
mode that was selected before the warning
occurred. The ICY indicator will continue
blinking as long as the temperature remains
below 39°F (4°C).
Distance to empty (dte — mile
SII0379
or km)
SII0381 When the ignition switch is turned to ON, The distance to empty (dte) mode provides
modes of the trip computer can be selected by you with an estimation of the distance that can
The display of the trip computer is situated in
pushing once on the trip mode switch. The be driven before refueling. The dte is con-
the tachometer display. When the ignition is
following modes can be selected: stantly being calculated, based on the amount
turned to ON, the display scrolls all the modes
of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel
of the trip computer and then shows the mode Outside air temperature (ICY — consumption.
chosen before the ignition switch is turned °F or °C)
OFF . The display is updated every 30 seconds.
The outside air temperature is displayed in °F
If the battery terminal is disconnected, or °C. The dte mode includes a low range warning
push the trip computer mode switch feature: when the fuel level is low, the dte
The outside air temperature mode includes a mode is automatically selected and the digits
more than 1 second to activate the com- low temperature warning feature: below 37°F
puter. blink in order to draw the driver’s attention.
(3°C), the outside air temperature mode is Press the mode switch if you wish to return to
2-35
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
the mode that was selected before the warning switch for more than approximately 1 second. cally to the outside temperature dis-
occurred. The dte mark (dte) will remain The display is updated every 30 seconds. At play.
blinking until the vehicle is refuelled. about the first 1/3 miles (500 m) after a reset, When the mode switch is pushed, the
the display shows ( ). display switches to the mode chosen be-
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte
fore the warning display, and the out-
display will change to ( ). Average speed ( or ) side air temperature indicator marked
NOTE: The average speed mode shows the average ICY will blink.
vehicle speed since last reset. Resetting is INTERIOR LIGHT
O If the amount of fuel added while the
done by pressing the mode switch for more
ignition switch is OFF is small, the CEILING
than approximately 1 second. The display is
display just before the ignition switch
updated every 30 seconds. The first 30 sec-
is turned OFF may continue to be dis-
onds after a reset, the display shows ( ).
played.
O When driving uphill or rounding Journey time
curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, The journey time mode shows the time since
which may momentarily change the the last reset. The displayed time can be reset
display. by pressing the mode switch for more than
Average fuel consumption approximately 1 second.
( or ) NOTE: IIC038M
The Average fuel consumption mode shows If a low temperature warning and low The light has a three-position switch.
the average fuel consumption since the last range warning occur simultaneously,
reset. Resetting is done by pressing the mode other display modes switch automati- When the switch is in the center j position,
2-36
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
the light will illuminate when a door is sonal light switch is in the ON position, have turned off automatically. (The lights will
opened. the interior, personal and vanity mirror turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of
lights will automatically turn off 30 min- the above as well.)
The light will stay on for about 30 seconds
utes after the ignition switch has been
when:
turned to the OFF position. To turn on the
O The driver’s door is unlocked by the light again, insert the key into the igni- CAUTION
multi-remote controller, a key or the lock- tion switch and move it to the ON posi-
tion. Turn off the interior, personal and
unlock switch while all doors are closed.
vanity mirror lights when you leave
O The driver’s door is opened and then After the above procedure, the interior, per- the vehicle.
closed while the key is removed from the sonal or vanity mirror lights will automatically
ignition switch. turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of
the following with the ignition switch in the PERSONAL LIGHT
O The key is removed from the ignition ACC or OFF position: When the interior light switch or per-
switch while all doors are closed.
O Opening or closing any door sonal light switch is in the ON position,
The ceiling light will turn off while the 30 the interior, personal and vanity mirror
O Locking or unlocking with the multi-
second timer is activated, when: lights will automatically turn off 30 min-
remote controller, the lock-unlock switch
O The driver’s door is locked either with the or a key
turned to the OFF position. To turn on the
multi-remote controller, a key, or the
O Inserting or removing a key from the light again, insert the key into the igni-
lock-unlock switch.
ignition switch tion switch and move it to the ON posi-
O The ignition switch is turned ON. tion.
These lights will turn on again when any of the
When the interior light switch or per- above operations is performed after the lights After the above procedure, the interior, per-
2-37
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
sonal or vanity mirror lights will automatically FRONT
turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of vanity mirror lights when you leave
the following with the ignition switch in the the vehicle.
ACC or OFF position:
O Opening or closing any door
O Locking or unlocking with the multi-
remote controller, the lock-unlock switch
or a key
O Inserting or removing a key from the
ignition switch
These lights will turn on again when any of the
above operations is performed after the lights
have turned off automatically. (The lights will
turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of
the above as well.)
CAUTION SII0378
Turn off the interior, personal and
2-38
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS After the above procedure, the interior, per-
sonal, vanity mirror or trunk lights will auto- vanity mirror lights when you leave
matically turn off 30 minutes after the latest the vehicle.
operation of the following with the ignition
switch in the ACC or OFF position: TRUNK LIGHT
O Opening or closing any door The light illuminates when the trunk lid is
O Locking or unlocking with the multi- opened. When the trunk lid is closed, the light
remote controller, the lock-unlock switch will go off.
or a key
HomeLinkT UNIVERSAL
SII0055 O Inserting or removing a key from the TRANSCEIVER (if so
ignition switch
The light on the vanity mirror will turn on equipped)
when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened. These lights will turn on again when any of the
The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver pro-
above operations is performed after the lights
When the interior light switch or per- vides a convenient way to consolidate the
have turned off automatically. (The lights will
sonal light switch is in the ON position, functions of up to three individual hand-held
turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of
the interior, personal and vanity mirror transmitters into one built-in device.
the above as well.)
lights will automatically turn off 30 min-
The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver power
will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the
turned to the OFF position. To turn on the CAUTION ignition switch has been turned to the off
light again, insert the key into the igni-
position.
tion switch and move it to the ON posi- Turn off the interior, personal and
tion. HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver:
2-39
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)
devices such as garage doors, gates, home rage door or gate may open or
and office lighting, entry door locks and
WARNING close. Make sure that people and
security systems. objects are clear of the garage
O Do not use the HomeLinkT Univer- door or gate that you are pro-
O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No sal Transceiver with any garage gramming.
separate batteries are required. If the vehi- door opener that lacks safety stop
cle’s battery is discharged or is discon- and reverse features as required O Your vehicle’s engine should be
nected, HomeLinkT will retain all pro- by federal safety standards. turned off while programming the
gramming. (These standards became effec- HomeLinkT Universal Trans-
tive for opener models manufac- ceiver.
Once the HomeLinkT Universal Trans-
ceiver is programmed, retain the origi- tured after April 1, 1982). A ga-
nal transmitter for future programming rage door opener which cannot de- PROGRAMMING HomeLinkT
procedures (Example: new vehicle pur- tect an object in the path of a clos-
ing garage door and then auto- To program your HomeLink Transceiver to
chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the operate a garage door, gate, or entry door
programmed HomeLinkT Universal matically stop and reverse, does
not meet current federal safety opener, home or office lighting, you need to
Transceiver buttons should be erased be at the same location as the device. Note:
for security purposes. For additional in- standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features in- Garage door openers (manufactured after
formation, refer to “Programming
creases the risk of serious injury 1996) have “rolling code protection”. To
HomeLinkT” later in this section.
or death. program a garage door opener equipped with
“rolling code protection”; you will need to use
O During programming, your ga-
a ladder to get up to the garage door opener
2-40
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
motor to be able to access the “smart or learn” flashing light indicates successful pro-
program button. gramming. To activate the garage door or
other programmed device, press and hold
the programmed HomeLinkT button - re-
leasing when the device begins to activate.
5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkT
blinks rapidly for two seconds and then
turns solid, HomeLinkT has picked up a
SII0396 “rolling code” garage door opener signal.
You will need to proceed with the next
3. Using both hands, simultaneously press
SII0395 steps to train the HomeLinkT to complete
and hold both the HomeLinkT button you
the programming which may require a
want to program and the hand-held trans-
1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outer ladder and another person for conve-
mitter button.
HomeLinkT buttons (to clear the memory) nience.
DO NOT release the buttons until step 4
until the indicator light blinks slowly (after 6. Press and release the “smart” or “learn”
has been completed.
20 seconds). Release both buttons. program button located on the garage door
4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator opener’s motor to activate the “training
2. Position the end of the hand-held trans-
light on the HomeLinkT flashes, changing mode”. This button is usually located near
mitter 1-3 inches away from the
from a “slow blink” to a “rapidly flashing the antenna wire that hangs down from the
HomeLinkT surface.
blink”. This could take up to 90 seconds. motor. If the wire originates from under a
When the indicator light flashes rapidly, light lens, you will need to remove the lens
both buttons may be released. The rapidly to access the program button.
2-41
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
NOTE: to “clear” all previously programmed etc., it is advised to unplug the device
HomeLinkT buttons). during the “cycling” process to prevent
Once you have pressed and released the
program button on the garage door If you have any questions or are having possible damage to the garage door
opener’s motor and the “training light” difficulty programming your HomeLinkT but- opener components.
is lit, you have 30 seconds in which to tons, please refer to the HomeLinkT web site OPERATING THE HomeLinkT
perform step 7. Use the help of a second at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-662- UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
person for convenience to assist when 6200.
performing this step. The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver (once
PROGRAMMING HomeLinkT programmed) may now be used to activate the
7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing and FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS garage door, etc. To operate, simply press the
releasing the garage door opener program appropriate programmed HomeLinkT Univer-
Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required
button, firmly press and release the
hand-held transmitters to stop transmitting sal Transceiver button. The red indicator light
HomeLinkT button you’ve just pro-
after 2 seconds. To program your hand-held will illuminate while the signal is being
grammed. Press and release the
transmitter to HomeLinkT, continue to press transmitted.
HomeLinkT button up to three times to
and hold the HomeLinkT button (note steps 2
complete the training.
through 4 under “Programming HomeLinkT ”) PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DI-
8. Your HomeLinkT button should now be while you press and re-press (“cycle”) your AGNOSIS
programmed. (To program the remaining hand-held transmitter every 2 seconds until If the HomeLinkT does not quickly learn the
HomeLinkT buttons for additional door or the indicator light flashes rapidly (indicating hand-held transmitter information:
gate openers, follow steps 2-8 only. successful programming).
O replace the hand-held transmitter batteries
NOTE: NOTE: with new batteries.
Do not repeat step one unless you want If programming a garage door opener, O position the hand-held transmitter with its
2-42
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
battery area facing away from the to clear all programming, press and hold the indicator light begins to flash rapidly,
HomeLinkT surface. two outside buttons and release when the release both buttons.
O press and hold both the HomeLinkT and indicator light begins to flash (approximately The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver button
hand-held transmitter buttons without in- 20 seconds). has now been reprogrammed. The new device
terruption. REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE can be activated by pushing the HomeLinkT
HomeLinkT BUTTON button that was just programmed. This pro-
O position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5
cedure will not affect any other programmed
inches (50 to 127 mm) away from the To reprogram a HomeLinkT Universal Trans- HomeLinkT buttons.
HomeLinkT surface. Hold the transmitter ceiver button, complete the following.
in that position for up to 15 seconds. If IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
HomeLinkT is not programmed within that 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkT
button. Do not release the button until If your vehicle is stolen, you should change
time, try holding the transmitter in another
the codes of any non-rolling code device that
position - keeping the indicator light in step 4 has been completed.
has been programmed into HomeLinkT. Con-
view at all times. 2. When the indicator light begins to flash sult the Owner’s Manual of each device or call
If you continue to have programming difficul- slowly (after 20 seconds), position the the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for
ties, please contact the INFINITI Consumer hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to additional information.
Affairs Department. The phone numbers are 127 mm) away from the HomeLinkT sur-
When your vehicle is recovered, you will
located in the Foreword of this Owner’s face.
need to reprogram the HomeLinkT Uni-
Manual.
3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter versal Transceiver with your new trans-
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED button. mitter information.
INFORMATION 4. The HomeLinkT indicator light will flash,
Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however first slowly and then rapidly. When the
2-43
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
FCC Notice:
This device complies with FCC rules part
15. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference and (2) This
device must accept any interference that
may be received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
The transmitter has been tested and
complies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s au-
thority to operate the device.
DOC: ISTC 1763K1313
FCC I.D.: CB2V67690
2-44
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
3 PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS
Keys ............................................................. 3-2 Fuel filler lid............................................... 3-13

Doors ........................................................... 3-3 Opener operation.................................. 3-13
Locking with key .................................... 3-3 Fuel filler cap........................................ 3-13
Front window open/close with key ........ 3-3 Steering wheel ........................................... 3-15
Locking with inside lock knob ............... 3-4 Tilt operation........................................ 3-15
Locking with power door lock switch.... 3-4 Sun visors.................................................. 3-16
Child safety rear door lock..................... 3-4 Mirrors....................................................... 3-16
Remote keyless entry system ..................... 3-5 Automatic anti-glare inside mirror ...... 3-16
How to use remote keyless entry Outside mirrors .................................... 3-18
system .................................................... 3-5
Automatic drive positioner (if so
Battery replacement ............................... 3-9
equipped).............................................. 3-19
Hood .......................................................... 3-10
Memory storage function..................... 3-19
Trunk lid .................................................... 3-11
Entry/exit function ................................ 3-20
Opener operation.................................. 3-11
Secondary trunk lid release ................. 3-12 System operation ................................. 3-21
Interior trunk lid release....................... 3-12 Cancel switch ....................................... 3-21
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS
KEYS the Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System com- of your key number plate.
ponents in your vehicle. These keys have a A key number is only necessary when you
transponder chip in the key head. (The wallet have lost all keys and do not have one to
key cannot be used to drive your vehicle.) duplicate from. If you still have a key, this key
The master key and wallet key can be used for can be duplicated by your INFINITI dealer.
all the locks. INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
KEY - Master and Security keys:
When the key case with the wallet key is
The key number is necessary when you need
placed into your wallet, be careful not to
extra Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System keys.
apply excessive force to the wallet as it
As many as 5 Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer
or other cards could be damaged.
System keys can be used with one vehicle.
The valet key cannot be used for the trunk lid New keys must be registered to the Infiniti
or glove box locks. Vehicle Immobilizer System components in
your vehicle by your INFINITI dealer. At this
To protect belongings when you leave a key
time, you should bring all Infiniti Vehicle
with someone, give them the valet key only.
Immobilizer System keys that you have to your
Never leave these keys in the vehicle. INFINITI dealer for registration. This is be-
Record the key number on the key number cause the registration process will erase all
plate supplied with your keys and keep it in a memory of the Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer
SIP0233D
safe place (such as your wallet), not in the System components.
You can only drive your vehicle using the vehicle. INFINITI does not record any key Do not allow the imobilizer system key,
master or valet keys which are registered to numbers so it is very important to keep track which contains an electrical transpon-
3-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
der, to come into contact with salt wa- The power door lock system allows you to
ter. This could affect system function. O Do not leave children unattended lock or unlock all doors simultaneously.
inside the vehicle. They could
DOORS unknowingly activate switches or O Turning the driver’s door key to the front of
controls. Unattended children the vehicle will lock all doors.
WARNING could become involved in serious O Turning the driver’s door key one time to
accidents. the rear of the vehicle will unlock the
O Always have the doors locked corresponding door. From that position,
while driving. Along with the use LOCKING WITH KEY returning the key to neutral (where the key
of seat belts, this provides greater can only be removed and inserted.) and
safety in the event of an accident
Power turning it to the rear again within 5
by helping to prevent persons from seconds will unlock all doors.
being thrown from the vehicle. FRONT WINDOW OPEN/CLOSE
This also helps keep children and WITH KEY
others from unintentionally open-
ing the doors, and will help keep Turn the door key to unlock position and hold
out intruders. for 1 second, the front window will begin to
lower.
O Before opening any door, always To stop opening, turn the key to the neutral
look for and avoid oncoming position.
traffic. SIP0229
To close the front window with the door key
cylinder, turn the key to lock position and
hold for 1 second.
3-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
To stop closing, turn the key to the neutral When locking the door without a key, be Lockout protection
position. sure not to leave the key inside the ve-
When the power door lock switch (driver or
hicle.
In the event of a hand in the way, or other front passenger) is moved to the lock position
obstruction, the auto reverse function will LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR with the key in the ignition and any door open,
activate. LOCK SWITCH all doors will lock and unlock automatically.
This helps to prevent the keys from being
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK
accidentally locked inside the vehicle.
KNOB
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR
LOCK
SIP0253
All door locks will be engaged when the power

SIP0051 door lock switch is moved to the LOCK
position with the driver’s or front passenger’s
To individually lock the doors, move the door open. Then close the door and all doors SIP0052
inside lock knob to the LOCK position, then will be locked.
close the door. To unlock, pull the inside lock Child safety locking helps prevent doors from
knob up to the unlock position. being opened accidentally, especially when
3-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
small children are in the vehicle. The keyfob will not function when:
temperatures exceed 140°F
When the lever is in the lock position, O the battery is discharged, (60°C).
the rear door can be opened only from
O the distance between the vehicle and the If a keyfob is lost or stolen, INFINITI
the outside.
keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m). recommends erasing the ID code of
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY The panic alarm will not activate when that controller. This will prevent the
SYSTEM the key is in the ignition switch. controller from unauthorized use to
It is possible to lock/unlock all doors and unlock the vehicle. For information
activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob regarding the erasing procedure,
from outside the vehicle. CAUTION please contact an INFINITI dealer.
Before locking the doors, make sure the
The following conditions or occur-
key is not left in the vehicle. HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
rences will damage the keyfob.
The keyfob can operate at a distance of ENTRY SYSTEM
approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. O Do not allow the keyfob to be-
(The effective distance depends upon the come wet. Setting hazard and horn chirp
conditions around the vehicle.) mode
O Do not drop the keyfob.
As many as four keyfobs can be used with one The factory setting of the remote keyless entry
vehicle. For information concerning the pur- O Do not strike the keyfob sharply
system is in hazard and horn chirp mode.
chase and use of additional keyfobs, contact against another object.
your INFINITI dealer. In hazard and horn chirp mode, when the
O Do not place the keyfob for an
LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicator
extended period in an area where
flashes twice and the horn chirps once. When
3-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
the UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazard
indicator flashes once.
If hazard and horn chirp mode is not neces-
sary, you can switch to normal mode by
following the switching procedure.
In normal mode, when the LOCK button is
pushed, the hazard indicator flashes twice.
When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither
the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.
(Switching procedure)
Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the
keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 sec-
SIP0247
onds to switch from one mode to the other.
When pushing the buttons to set normal Locking doors button on the keyfob is pushed even
mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times. though a door remains open and/or the
1. Remove the ignition key.*1
ignition key is in the ON position.
When pushing the buttons to set hazard and 2. Close all the doors.*2
horn chirp mode, the hazard indicator flashes 5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
once and the horn chirps once. 3. Push the LOCK button on the keyfob. horn chirps once.
4. All the doors will lock. O When the LOCK button is pushed with all
All of the doors will lock when the LOCK doors locked, the hazard indicator flashes
3-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
twice and the horn chirps once as a
reminder that the doors are already locked.
*1: Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is
in the ignition switch. However, the panic
alarm will not activate when the key is in
the ignition switch.
*2: Doors lock with the keyfob while any door
is open. However, hazard and horn chirp
mode will not function.
SIP0313
3-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Unlocking doors out within 5 minutes after pressing the To stop lowering the windows, release the
UNLOCK button, all doors will be locked UNLOCK button.
1. Pushing the UNLOCK button on the keyfob
automatically.
once. To start lowering the windows, press the
O When any door is not opened. UNLOCK button again for 3 more seconds.
O Only the driver’s door unlocks
O When the ignition key is not set in the This function will operate after the ignition
O The hazard indicator flashes once if all
ON position. switch is off and 45 seconds passed or either
doors are completely closed with the igni-
the front door is opened.
tion key in any position except the ON The interior light can be turned off without
position. waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition Releasing the trunk lid
switch to the ON position or by locking the
O The interior light turns on and the light 1. Push the TRUNK button on the keyfob for
doors with the keyfob. longer than 0.5 second with the key
timer activates for 30 seconds when the
switch is in the center j position with the Opening the front window removed from the ignition key cylinder.
ignition key in any position except the ON 2. The trunk lid opens.
Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob.
position.
The driver’s door will unlock. The trunk lid will not open when the trunk lid
2. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob cancel lever is in the CANCEL position.
again within 5 seconds. Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3 It can be opened only with the key.
seconds. The driver’s and front passenger’s
O All doors unlock See “Trunk lid” later in this section for cancel
windows will be lowered.
lever.
O The hazard indicator flashes once if all
Continue to press the UNLOCK button until
doors are completely closed.
windows are fully open.
Using the panic alarm
If the following operation is not carried If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-
3-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ened, you may activate the alarm to call BATTERY REPLACEMENT Replace the battery as follows:
attention as follows:
1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.
1. Push the PANIC button on the keyfob for
2. Replace the battery with a new one.
longer than 0.5 seconds.
Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 or
2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will equivalent
stay on for 30 seconds.
Make sure that the ! side faces the bot-
3. The panic alarm stops when: tom case.
O It has run for 30 seconds, or 3. Close the lid securely.
O The LOCK or the UNLOCK button is 4. Push the keyfob button two or three times
pressed, or to check its operation.
O The panic button or trunk lid release
See your INFINITI dealer if you need any
button is pushed on the keyfob for longer
assistance for replacement.
than 0.5 seconds.
If the battery is removed for any reason
other than replacement, perform step 4
above.
SIP0311 O An improperly disposed battery can

harm the environment. Always con-
firm local regulations for battery dis-
posal.
3-9
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O The keyfob is water-proof; however, HOOD
if it does get wet, immediately wipe
completely dry.
O When changing batteries, do not let
dust or oil get on the controller.
FCC Notice:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the manufacturer compli-
ance could void the user’s authority to
SIP0314
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the 1. Pull the hood lock release handle j 1
FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry located below the instrument panel; the
Canada. hood will then spring up slightly.
WARNING
Operation is subject to the following two 2. Pull the lever j
2 at the front of the hood O Make sure the hood is completely
conditions: (1) This device may not with your fingertips and raise the hood. closed and latched before driving.
cause harmful interference, and (2) this 3. When closing the hood, slowly close the Failure to do so could cause the
device must accept any interference re- hood and make sure it locks into place. hood to fly open and result in an
ceived, including interference that may accident.
cause undesired operation of the de-
O If you see steam or smoke coming
vice.
3-10
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
OPENER OPERATION
from the engine compartment, to the car locked, with the trunk
avoid injury do not open the hood. closed, when not in use, and
prevent children’s access to car
keys.
TRUNK LID
WARNING
O Do not drive with the trunk lid
open. This could allow dangerous
exhaust gases to be drawn into the
vehicle. See “Precautions when
starting and driving” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section for
exhaust gas.
O Closely supervise children when
they are around cars to prevent
them from playing and becoming
locked in the trunk where they SIP0255
could be seriously injured. Keep
The trunk lid release button is located under
the driver’s arm rest. To open the trunk lid,
3-11
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
pull the release button. SECONDARY TRUNK LID RE- INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE
To close, push the trunk lid down securely. LEASE
Cancel lever
SIP0271
SIP0315
SIP0061 To open the trunk lid from the rear seat, fold
the rear seat and pull the rear seat trunk
WARNING
When the lever is in the cancel position, the release handle. To close, push the trunk lid
trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid Closely supervise children when they
down securely.
release button. It can be opened only with the are around cars to prevent them from
string handle. playing and becoming locked in the
trunk where they could be seriously
injured. Keep the car locked, with the
trunk closed, when not in use, and
prevent children’s access to car
3-12
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
FUEL FILLER LID To open the fuel filler lid, push the opener
keys. switch. To lock, close the fuel filler lid
OPENER OPERATION
securely.
The interior trunk lid release mechanism
FUEL FILLER CAP
provides a means of escape for children and
adults in the event they become locked inside
the trunk. WARNING
To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull the
O Gasoline is extremely flammable
release handle towards you until the lock
and highly explosive under certain
releases and push up on the trunk lid. The
conditions. You could be burned
release lever is made of a material that glows
or seriously injured if it is misused
in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient
or mishandled. Always stop the
light.
engine and do not smoke or allow
The handle is located on the back side of the open flames or sparks near the ve-
trunk lid inside the trunk compartment. hicle when refueling.
O Fuel may be under pressure. Turn
the cap a third of a turn, and wait
for any hissing sound to stop to
prevent fuel from spraying out
SIP0257 and possible personal injury.
3-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Then remove the cap. O Do not fill a portable fuel con- flush it away with water to avoid
tainer in the vehicle or trailer. paint damage.
O Do not attempt to top off the fuel
Static electricity can cause an O Tighten until the fuel filler cap
tank after the fuel pump nozzle
explosion of flammable liquid, clicks. Failure to tighten the fuel
shuts off automatically.
vapor or gas in any vehicle or filler cap properly may cause the
Continued refueling may cause
trailer. To reduce the risk of se- malfunction indicator lamp
fuel overflow, resulting in fuel
rious injury or death when filling (MIL) to illuminate. If the
spray and possibly a fire.
portable fuel containers: lamp illuminates because
O Use only an original equipment — Always place the container on the fuel filler cap is loose or
type fuel filler cap as a replace- the ground when filling. missing, tighten or install the cap
ment. It has a built-in safety valve — Do not use electronic devices and continue to drive the vehicle.
needed for proper operation of while filling. The lamp should turn off
the fuel system and emission — Keep the pump nozzle in con- after a few driving trips. If the
control system. An incorrect cap tact with the container while lamp does not turn off after
can result in a serious malfunc- you are filling it. a few driving trips, have the ve-
tion and possible injury. It could — Use only approved portable fuel hicle inspected by an INFINITI
also cause the malfunction containers for flammable liquid. dealer.
indicator lamp to come on.
O For additional information, see
O Never pour fuel into the throttle CAUTION the “Malfunction indicator lamp
body to attempt to start your (MIL)” in the “2. Instruments and
vehicle. O If fuel is spilled on the car body, controls” section.
3-14
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while TILT OPERATION
refueling.
STEERING WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an acci-
dent. SIP0259
Pull the lock lever and while holding down,

adjust the steering wheel up or down to the
desired position.
Push the lock lever back into place to lock the
steering wheel in place.
SIP0316
The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Tighten

the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are
heard.
3-15
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SUN VISORS MIRRORS When the switch is in the OFF position, the
inside mirror will operate normally.
AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE
INSIDE MIRROR When the COMP switch is in the ON position,
the compass display will indicate the heading
direction of the vehicle.
If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compass
by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at
less than five mph.
The compass needs to be calibrated.
SIP0263
Drive the vehicle in 3 circles at five mph
or less until the display reads a direc-
SIP0272 tion. You can also calibrate the compass
CAUTION by driving your vehicle on your everyday
The inside mirror is designed so that it routine. The compass will be calibrated
Store the main sun visor after storing automatically changes reflection according to once it has tracked 3 complete circles.
the extension sun visor. the intensity of the headlight of the following
Zone variation change procedure
vehicle.
The difference between magnetic north and
When the mirror switch is in the ON position, geographical north is known as variance. In
AUTO indicator light remains on and exces- some areas, this difference can sometimes be
sive glare from the headlights of the vehicle great enough to cause false compass read-
behind you will be reduced automatically. ings. Follow these instructions to set the
3-16
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
variance for your particular location if this return to the normal compass mode within
happens: 10 seconds of no switch activity. hicle by means of a magnet. They
affect the operation of the com-
1. Press the “COMPASS” switch for more 4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeat steps 1 pass.
than 3 seconds. The current zone number thru 3. See map.
will appear in the display. O When cleaning the mirror, use a
O If the compass deviates from the correct paper towel or similar material
2. Find your current location and variance indication soon after repeated adjustment, dampened with glass cleaner. Do
one number on the zone map. have the compass checked at an dealer. not spray glass cleaner directly
3. Press the “COMPASS” switch until the on the mirror as it may cause the
O The compass may not indicate the correct
new zone number appears in the display. liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
compass point in tunnels or while driving
After you stop pressing the button in, the housing.
up or down a steep hill.
display will show a compass direction (The compass returns to the correct com-
within a few seconds. pass point when the vehicle moves to an
Inaccurate compass direction: area where the geomagnetism is stabi-
lized.)
1. With the display turned on, push the
“COMP” switch for 3 seconds, until the
zone selection comes up (a number will be CAUTION
displayed in the mirror compass window).
2. Toggle until correct zone is found and O Do not install a ski rack, antenna,
release switch. etc. which are attached to the ve-
3. The display will show all segments, and
3-17
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
SIP0273
The outside mirror will operate only when the

ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Turn the control knob to the right or left to
select the right or left outside mirror, then
adjust using the control knob.
SII0114
3-18
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Foldable outside mirrors
WARNING
Objects viewed in the outside mirror
on the passenger side are closer than
they appear. Be careful when moving
to the right. Using only this mirror
could cause an accident. Use inside
mirror or glance over your shoulder SIP0261
to properly judge distances to other
objects.
IPD073M MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION
Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering
the rear of the vehicle. column, and outside mirrors can be stored in
the automatic drive positioner memory. Fol-
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSI-
low these procedures to use the memory
TIONER
system.
The automatic drive positioner system has two
1. Set the shift selector lever to the P (Park)
features:
position.
O Memory storage function
2. Turn the ignition ON.
O Entry/exit function
3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column
and outside mirrors to the desired posi-
3-19
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
tions by manually operating each adjusting Confirming memory storage 2. Turn the ignition ON.
switch. For additional information, see
O Turn the ignition ON and push the SET 3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for
“Seats” in the “Safety — Seats, seat belts
switch. If the main memory has not been at least 1 second.
and supplemental air bags” section and
stored, the indicator light will come on for
“Steering wheel” and “Outside mirrors” The driver’s seat, steering column and
earlier in this section. approximately 0.5 seconds. When the
outside mirrors will move to the memo-
memory has stored the position, the indi-
During this step, do not turn the ignition to rized position with the indicator light flash-
cator light will stay on for approximately 5
any positions other than ON. ing, and then the light will stay on for
seconds.
approximately 5 seconds.
4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec- O If the battery cable is disconnected, or if
onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2) ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION
the fuse blows, the memory will be can-
fully for at least 1 second. This system is designed so that the driver’s
celed. In such a case, reset the desired
The indicator light for the pushed memory positions using the following procedures. seat and steering column will automatically
switch will come on and stay on for move when the automatic transmission selec-
1. Open and close the driver’s door more
approximately 5 seconds after pushing the tor lever is in the P (Park) position. This
than two times with the ignition key in the
switch. After the indicator light goes off, allows the driver to get into and out of the
LOCK position.
the selected positions are stored in the driver’s seat more easily.
selected memory (1 or 2). 2. Reset the desired position using the pre-
The driver’s seat will slide backward and the
vious procedure.
If memory is stored in the same memory steering wheel will move up:
switch, the previous memory will be deleted. Selecting the memorized position
O When the key is removed from the ignition
1. Set the automatic transmission selector switch.
lever to the P (Park) position.
3-20
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O When the driver’s door is opened with the O when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7 CANCEL SWITCH
key turned to LOCK. km/h).
O When the key is turned from ACC to LOCK O when any two or more of the memory
with the driver’s door open while the switches are simultaneously pushed while
automatic transmission selector lever is in the automatic drive positioner is operating.
the P (Park) position. O when the adjusting switch for the driver’s
The driver’s seat and steering wheel will return seat is turned on while the automatic drive
to the previous position: positioner is operating.
O When the key is inserted into the ignition O when the memory switch (1 or 2) is not
SIP0262
switch. pushed for at least 1 second.
O when the seat has been already moved to When the CANCEL side of the switch is
O When the driver’s door is closed with the
the memorized position. pushed, the automatic drive positioner system
key turned to LOCK. will not function.
O when no seat position is stored in the
O When the key is turned from ACC to ON When the AUTO side of the switch is pushed,
memory switch.
while the automatic transmission selector the system will function.
lever is in the P (Park) position.
SYSTEM OPERATION
The automatic drive positioner system will not
work or will stop operating under the follow-
ing conditions:
3-21
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
4 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS
Ventilators.................................................... 4-2 Audio operation precautions .................. 4-8

Heater and air conditioner (Automatic)....... 4-3 FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) radio with
Automatic operation............................... 4-4 cassette player and compact disc (CD)
Manual operation ................................... 4-5 player/CD changer................................ 4-12
Operating tips......................................... 4-5 FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) radio with
In-cabin microfilter................................. 4-6 cassette player...................................... 4-20
Servicing air conditioner.............................. 4-6 CD care and cleaning ........................... 4-27
Audio system............................................... 4-7 Steering wheel switch for audio control
Radio ...................................................... 4-7 (if so equipped).................................... 4-27
FM radio reception ................................. 4-7 Antenna ................................................ 4-28
AM radio reception................................. 4-8 Compact disc (CD) autochanger
Satellite radio reception (if so (if so equipped).................................... 4-29
equipped)................................................ 4-8 Car phone or CB radio .............................. 4-30
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS
VENTILATORS : This symbol indicates that the vents

are closed when the vent switch is
moved to the left.
: This symbol indicates that the vents
are open when the vent switch is
moved to the right.
SIH0062
SIH0061
Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators.
SIH0063
Open or close, and adjust the air flow direc-

tion of ventilators.
4-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (Automatic)
SIH0122
4-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Start the engine and operate the controls to O Adjust the temperature set button to about
activate the air conditioner. the interior air to become stale 75°F (24°C) for normal operation.
and the windows to fog up.
O The temperature of the passenger compart-
O Positioning of the heater and air
WARNING ment will be maintained automatically. Air
conditioner controls should not be flow distribution and fan speed are also
O The air conditioner cooling func- done while driving. So full atten- controlled automatically.
tion operates only when the en- tion may be given to vehicle
operation. Heating (ECON)
gine is running.
The air conditioner does not activate. When
O Do not leave children or adults
AUTOMATIC OPERATION you need to heat only, use this mode.
who would normally require the
support of others alone in your Cooling and/or dehumidified 1. Push the ECON (Economy) button on.
vehicle. Pets should not be left heating (AUTO) (ECON will be displayed.)
alone either. On hot, sunny days, This mode may be normally used all year 2. Turn the temperature set button to the right
temperatures in a closed vehicle round as the system automatically works to or left to set the desired temperature.
could quickly become high keep a constant temperature. Air flow distri-
enough to cause severe or possi- O The temperature of the passenger compart-
bution and fan speed are also controlled
bly fatal injuries to people or ment will be maintained automatically. Air
automatically.
animals. flow distribution and fan speed are also
1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will be controlled automatically.
O Do not use the recirculation mode displayed.)
for long periods as it may cause O Do not set the temperature lower than the
2. Turn the temperature set button to the right outside air temperature. Otherwise the sys-
or left to set the desired temperature. tem may not work properly.
4-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O Not recommended if windows fog up. compartment to improve the defogging Air flow control
performance.
Dehumidified defogging Pushing the manual air flow control button
1. Push the DEF button on. (The indi-
MANUAL OPERATION selects the air outlet to:
cator light on the button will come on.) Fan speed control : Air flows from center and side venti-
2. Turn the temperature set button to the right Push the fan control button to manually lators.
or left to set the desired temperature. control the fan speed. : Air flows from center and side venti-
O To quickly remove ice from the outside of Push the AUTO button to return to automatic lators and foot outlets.
the windows, push the manual fan control control of the fan speed. : Air flows mainly from foot outlets.
button and set to the maximum Air recirculation : Air flows from defroster and foot
position .
Push the air recirculation button to outlets.
O As soon as possible after the windshield is recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The
cleaned, push the AUTO button to return to To turn the system off
indicator light on the button will come on.
the auto mode. Push the OFF button.
Push it again to make the air inlet controlled
O When the DEF button is pushed, the automatically (FRESH, REC/FRE and RECIR- OPERATING TIPS
air conditioner will automatically be turned CULATION). The indicator will go out. When the engine coolant temperature
on at outside temperatures above 23°F
The air recirculation button will not be acti- and outside air temperature are low, the
(−5°C) to defog the windshield, and the air
vated when the air conditioner is in DEF air flow from the foot outlets may not op-
recirculation mode will automatically be
mode. erate for a maximum of 150 seconds.
turned off.
However, this is not a malfunction. After
Outside air is drawn into the passenger the coolant temperature warms up, the air flow
4-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
from the foot outlets will operate normally. the filter, contact your INFINITI dealer. your environmentally friendly air conditioning
system.
The filter should be replaced if air flow
decreases significantly or if windows
fog up easily when operating the heater WARNING
or air conditioning system.
The air conditioner system contains
SERVICING AIR CONDI- refrigerant under high pressure. To
TIONER avoid personal injury, any air condi-
The air conditioning system in your INFINITI tioner service should be done only by
vehicle is charged with a new refrigerant an experienced technician with
IHA017M
designed with the environment in mind. This proper equipment.
The sensor on the instrument panel helps new refrigerant will not harm the earth’s
maintain a constant temperature; do not put ozone layer. However special charging
anything on or around this sensor. equipment and lubricant are required when
servicing your INFINITI air conditioner. Using
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause
The air conditioning system is equipped with severe damage to your air conditioning system.
an in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, See “Capacities and recommended fuel/
pollen, dust, etc. To make sure air conditioner lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumer
heats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, re- information” section for air conditioning sys-
place the filter in accordance with the main- tem refrigerant and lubricant recommendations.
tenance schedule in this manual. To replace Your INFINITI dealer will be able to service
4-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
AUDIO SYSTEM extend reception range, and to enhance the

quality of that reception.
RADIO
However there are some general characteris-
Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and press
tics of both FM and AM radio signals that can
the power on switch to turn on the radio. If
affect radio reception quality in a moving
you listen to the radio with the engine not
vehicle, even when the finest equipment is
running, the key should be turned to the ACC
used. These characteristics are completely
position.
normal in a given reception area, and do not
Radio reception is affected by station signal IHA018M
indicate any malfunction in your INFINITI
strength, distance from radio transmitter, radio system. FM RADIO RECEPTION
buildings, bridges, mountains and other ex-
Remember that a moving vehicle is not the Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to
ternal influences. Intermittent changes in re-
ideal place to listen to a radio. Because of the 30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single
ception quality normally are caused by these
movement, reception conditions will con- channel) FM having slightly more range than
external influences.
stantly change. Buildings, terrain, signal dis- stereo FM. External influences may sometimes
Using a cellular phone in or near the ve- tance and interference from other vehicles can interfere with FM station reception even if the
hicle may influence radio reception work against ideal reception. Described below FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). The
quality. are some of the factors that can affect your strength of the FM signal is directly related to
Radio reception radio reception. the distance between the transmitter and
Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with receiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sight
state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance path, exhibiting many of the same character-
radio reception. These circuits are designed to
4-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
istics as light. For example they will reflect off ground. In addition, the signals can be AUDIO OPERATION PRECAU-
objects. bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to TIONS
Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away earth. Because of these characteristics, AM
Cassette player
from a station transmitter, the signals will signals are also subject to interference as they
travel from transmitter to receiver. O To maintain good quality sound,
tend to fade and/or drift.
INFINITI recommends using cassette
Static and flutter: During signal interference Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing
tapes of 60 minutes or shorter in
from buildings, large hills or due to antenna through freeway underpasses or in areas with
length.
position, usually in conjunction with in- many tall buildings. It can also occur for
creased distance from the station transmitter, several seconds during ionospheric turbu- O Cassette tapes should be removed
static or flutter can be heard. This can be lence, even in areas where no obstacles exist. from the player when not in use.
reduced by adjusting the treble control coun- Store cassettes in their protective
Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical
terclockwise to reduce treble response. cases and away from direct sunlight,
power lines, electric signs and even traffic
heat, dust, moisture and magnetic
Multipath reception: Because of the reflective lights.
sources.
characteristics of FM signals, direct and re-
SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION
flected signals reach the receiver at the same O Direct sunlight can cause the cas-
(if so equipped)
time. The signals may cancel each other, sette to become deformed. The use of
resulting in momentary flutter or loss of When the satellite radio is first installed or the deformed cassettes may cause the
sound. battery has been replaced, the satellite radio cassette to jam in the player.
may not work properly. This is not a malfunc-
AM RADIO RECEPTION tion. Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite O Do not use cassettes with labels
AM signals, because of their low frequency, radio ON for satellite radio to receive all of the which are peeling and loose. If used,
can bend around objects and skip along the necessary data. the label could jam in the player.
4-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O If a cassette has loose tape, insert a Compact Disc (CD) player O Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12
pencil through one of the cassette cm) round discs that have the “COM-
hubs and rewind the tape firmly PACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on
around the hubs. Loose tape may the disc or packaging.
cause tape jamming and wavering
O During cold weather or rainy days,
sound quality.
the player may malfunction due to the
O Over a period of time, the playback humidity. If this occurs, remove the
head, capstan and pinch roller may CD and dehumidify or ventilate the
collect a tape coating residue as the player completely.
tape is played. This residue accumu-
O The player may skip while driving on
lation can cause weak or wavering
rough roads.
sound, and should be removed peri-
odically with a head cleaning tape. If O The CD player sometimes cannot
the residue is not removed periodi- function when the compartment tem-
cally, the player may need to be dis- perature is extremely high. Decrease
assembled for cleaning. the temperature before use.
O Do not expose the CD to direct sun-
light.
SIH0087 O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,
scratched, covered with fingerprints,
or that have pin holes may not work
properly.
4-9
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O The following CDs may not work
properly:
• Copy control compact discs
(CCCD)
• Recordable compact discs
(CD-R)
• Rewritable compact discs (CD-
RW)
O Do not use the following CDs as they
may cause the CD player to malfunc-
tion.
• 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an
adapter
• CDs that are not round
• CDs with a paper label
• CDs that are warped, scratched,
or have abnormal edges
4-10
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
15.PTY (Program type), CAT (Category) but-
ton
SIH0150
1. CD LOAD button 9. ON-OFF/VOLUME control knob

2. SEEK/APS REW, APS FF/TRACK 10.AUTOP (Automatic preset) button
CHANGE button
11.Station and preset (FM/AM), CD insert or
3. CD play button CD play select button
4. TAPE play button 12.RADIO TUNE/FFzREW/AUDIO (Bass,
treble, fader, balance, SCV and NR
5. RADIO (Mode) select button
(Dolby)) ADJUSTING button
6. TAPE EJECT button
13.AUDIO (BASS, TREBLE, FADER, BAL-
7. CD EJECT button ANCE, SCV and NR (Dolby)) button
8. SCAN tuning button 14.RPT (repeat) play, DISP (Display) button
4-11
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) RA- ONzOFF/Volume control: AUDIO button (BASS, TREBLE,
DIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and then FADER, BALANCE, SCV and NR
AND COMPACT DISC (CD) push the ONzOFF/VOL control knob while the (Dolby):
PLAYER/CD CHANGER system is off to call up the mode (radio, tape Press the AUDIO button to change the select-
Audio main operation or CD) which was playing immediately before ing mode as follows.
the system was turned off. When no CD or
Head unit BASS → TREBLE → FADER → BALANCE
tape is loaded, the radio will come on. While
The radio has an FM diversity reception the system is on, pushing the ONzOFF/VOL → SCV → NR (when cassette playing)
system, which employs two antennas printed control knob turns the system off. → BASS
on the rear window. This system automatically To adjust BASS, Treble, Fader and Balance,
To turn the radio off, press the ONzOFF/VOL
switches to the antenna which is receiving press the AUDIO button until the desired
control knob.
less interference.
mode BASS, TREBLE, FADER or BALANCE
Turn the ONzOFF/VOL control knob to adjust
The tape deck employs a permalloy head appears in the display. Press the TUNE
the volume.
which allows for improved reproduction of ( ) or ( ) button to adjust Bass
high frequency ranges. Noise is also greatly This vehicle has Speed sensitive Control and Treble to the desired level. Use the
reduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR Volume (SCV) for audio. The audio vol- or button also to adjust Fader or
(Noise Reduction) system. The auto loudness ume changes as the driving speed Balance modes. Fader adjusts the sound level
circuit enhances the low frequency range changes. between the front and rear speakers and
automatically in both radio reception and tape Balance adjusts the sound between the right
and CD playback. and left speakers.
To change the SCV mode to OFF , LOW, MID
4-12
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
or HIGH, press the or (TUNE) will change the mode as follows: The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during
button (type B only). FM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-
AM → AM (preset station) → FM1 → FM
cast signal is weak, the radio will automati-
To change the NR (Dolby) mode to OFF or (preset station) → FM2 → (SAT1 → SAT2
cally change from stereo to monaural recep-
ON, press the or (TUNE) button →) AM
tion.
while cassette tape is playing. When Dolby is
If you have not separately contracted for TUNE (Tuning):
ON, the display indicates the mark.
satellite radio or have not had SAT receiver
Dolby NR is manufactured under license from and antenna installed, “SAT” will not be
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. shown on the display. Satellite radio hardware
WARNING
DOLBY NR and the double-D symbol must also be installed.
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories The radio should not be tuned while
When RADIO mode select button is pushed
Licensing Corporation. driving so full attention may be given
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tape position, the radio will come on at the station to vehicle operation.
display reappears. Once the sound quality is last played.
set to the desired level, press the AUDIO Use these buttons for manual tuning. To move
The last station played will also come on when
button repeatedly until the radio or cassette quickly through the channels, hold either of
the power knob is turned to ON.
tape display appears. the TUNE buttons down for more than 0.5
If a compact disc or tape is playing when the seconds.
FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) ra- RADIO mode select button is turned to ON, the
dio operation SEEK tuning:
compact disc or tape will automatically be
RADIO FM/AM/SAT band select: turned off and the last radio station played will For AM and FM radio
Pushing the RADIO mode band select button come on. Push the SEEK button or , to
4-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
tune from high to low or low to high frequen- Artist name) about the satellite radio 3. The channel indicator will then come on
cies and stop at the next broadcasting station. broadcast. and the sound will resume. Memorizing is
now complete.
For SATELLITE radio (if so equipped) O Pushing the “RPT” button for more than
1.5 seconds will change the display mode 4. Other buttons can be set in the same
Push the SEEK button or to seek
as follows: manner.
channels of the next or previous category.
Channel number → Channel name → If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the
SCAN tuning:
Artist name → Song title → Channel fuse blows, the radio memory will be erased.
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low number In that case, reset the desired stations.
to high frequencies and stop at each broad- (Automatic preset) button:
Station memory operations:
casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the
button again during this 5 seconds period will Twelve stations can be set for the FM band To select the preset FM, AM, SAT or PTY
stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain (six for FM1, six for FM2) and satellite radio station/channel, push the AUTOP button for
tuned to that station. (six for SAT1, six for SAT2), and six stations less than 1.5 seconds.
can be set for the AM band. To preset the FM, AM, SAT or PTY station,
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed
push the AUTOP button for more than 1.5
within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the 1. Tune to the desired station using the
seconds.
next station. SEEK, SCAN or TUNE button.
Display mode (RPTzDISP) of satellite 2. Select the desired station and keep push- Radio data system (RDS)
radio (if so equipped): ing any of the desired station memory RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a
buttons (1 to 6) until a beep sound is data information service transmitted by some
O Pushing the “RPT” button will display heard. (The radio mutes when the select radio stations on the FM band (not AM band)
additional information (for example: Title, button is pushed.) and/or SATELLITE band encoded within a
4-14
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
regular radio broadcast. Currently, most RDS played. During this time if the PTY data code
stations are in large cities, but many stations is zero, or the data is unreadable; the display
are now considering broadcasting RDS data. will show NONE.
RDS can display: 1. PTY (CAT) selection mode
O Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”. PTY (CAT) name selection can be done by the
up/down TUNE button or in the
O Station name, such as “The Groove”.
PTY (CAT) selection mode.
O Music or programming type such as
After selecting a PTY (CAT) name, push the
“Classical”, “Country”, or “Rock”.
SEEK button or SCAN button within 10
O Traffic reports about delays or construc- seconds. Tuning to the PTY (CAT) station will
tion. start. If you do not push the TUNE button
If the station broadcasts RDS information, the within the 10 second period, the PTY (CAT) 2. PTY (CAT) SEEK tuning
RDS icon is displayed. mode will be canceled.
After selecting a PTY (CAT) name, push
Program type (Category PTY (CAT) name selection can also be the SEEK button or within 10
(CAT)) button: achieved by pressing the preset buttons. seconds. Tuning to the PTY (CAT) station
Initial PTY (CAT) names are stored in the will start. If you do not push the SEEK
When PTY button is pressed during FM mode,
preset buttons; but these can be changed by button within the 10 second period, the
the PTY name of the current tuned station is
pressing the preset buttons for more than 1.5 PTY (CAT) mode will be canceled.
displayed. When the PTY (CAT) button is
pressed during satellite radio mode, the cat- seconds when the desired PTY name is in the
egory name of the current channel is dis- display.
4-15
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
3. PTY (CAT) SCAN tuning mode O When the TAPE button is pushed with the
TAPE playing, the tape will play the pro-
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune the CAUTION
PTY (CAT) name station, and stop at each gram recorded on the reverse side.
broadcasting station for 5 seconds. Push- Do not force the cassette tape into the FF (Fast Forward),
ing the button again during this 5 second tape door. This could cause player REW (Rewind):
period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio damage.
will remain tuned to that station. If the Push the (fast forward) button to fast
SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 forward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the
If the system is turned off by pushing the (rewind) button. Either the FF or REW
seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
ONzOFF/VOL control knob with the cassette symbol illuminates on the right side of the
station.
tape still in the player, the tape will resume display window. To stop the FF or REW
Cassette tape player operation playing when the system is turned back on. function, press the (fast forward) or
Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and then PLAY: (rewind) again, or the TAPE button.
lightly insert the cassette tape into the tape
O When the TAPE button is pushed with the APS (Automatic
door. The cassette tape will be automatically
system turned off and a tape loaded, the Program Search)
pulled into the player.
system will come on and the tape will play. FF , APS REW:
The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) and
When the (APS FF) button is pushed
the cassette tape will begin to play. O When the TAPE button is pushed with
while the tape is being played, the next
either the radio or compact disc turned on
program will start to play from the beginning.
and the tape loaded, the compact disc or
Push the (APS FF) button several times
the radio will automatically be turned off
to skip through programs. The tape will
and the tape will play. advance the number of times the button is
4-16
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
pushed (up to nine programs). tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds,
SCAN tuning moves to the next tape program.
When the (APS REW) button is pushed CAUTION
once, the program being played starts over TAPE EJECT:
from the beginning. Push the (APS Do not force the compact disc into the
When this button is pushed with the tape
REW) button several times to skip back slot. This could damage the player.
loaded, the tape will be ejected.
several selections. The tape will go back the
When the tape is ejected while it is being
number of times the button is pushed. Either If the system has been turned off while the
played, the system will be turned off.
the FF or REW symbol flashes on the right compact disc was playing, pushing the
side of the display window while searching for Compact disc (CD) changer op- ONzOFF/VOL control knob will start the com-
the selection. eration pact disc.
This system searches for the blank intervals Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON button:
between selections. If there is a blank interval position and insert the compact disc into the To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the
within one program or there is no interval slot with the label side facing up. The compact LOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select
between programs, the system may not stop in disc will be guided automatically into the slot the loading slot by pushing the CD insert
the desired or expected location. and start playing. select button (1 to 6), then insert the CD.
SCAN tuning: After loading the disc, the number of tracks on
To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push the
Push the SCAN tuning button while playing a the disc and the play time will appear on the LOAD button for more than 1.5 seconds.
tape, it stops at the next tape program for 5 display.
The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on
seconds. Pushing the button again during this If the radio or tape is already operating, it will
the display.
5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and automatically turn off and the compact disc
the tape program is continued. If the SCAN will play.
4-17
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
PLAY: APS (Automatic SCAN tuning:
Program Search)
When the CD6 button is pushed with the When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
FF , APS REW:
system off and the compact disc loaded, the less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
system will turn on and the compact disc will When the (APS FF) button is pushed played, the beginning of all the CD programs
start to play. while the compact disc is being played, the in each track will be played for 10 seconds in
program next to the present one will start to sequence.
When the CD6 button is pushed with the
play from its beginning. Push several times to
compact disc loaded with the tape or the radio When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
skip through programs. The compact disc will
playing, the tape or radio will automatically be more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
advance the number of times the button is
turned off and the compact disc will start to played, the first program in all the CDs will be
pushed. (When the last program on the
play. played for 10 seconds.
compact disc is skipped through, the first
FF (Fast Forward), program will be played.) When the Pushing the button again during this 10
REW (Rewind): (APS REW) button is pushed, the pro- second period will stop SCAN tuning.
When the (fast forward) or (re- gram being played returns to its beginning.
Push several times to skip back through If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed
wind) button is pushed while the compact disc
programs. The compact disc will go back the within 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the
is being played, the compact disc will play
number of times the button is pushed. next disc program.
while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the
button is released, the compact disc will CD PLAY button: REPEAT (RPT):
return to normal play speed.
To change CD, push the CD play select button When the RPT button is pushed while the
(1 to 6). compact disc is played, the play pattern can
be changed as follows:
4-18
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button
for more than 1.5 seconds.
DISPLAY CD TEXT: When this button is pushed while the compact
disc is being played, the compact disc will
To indicate the CD mode text, push the PTY
come out and the system will turn off.
button during CD playing.
If the compact disc comes out and is not
To change the indicated text, push PTY removed, it will be pulled back into the
button. slot to protect it. (without 8 cm diameter
The text will change as follows: compact discs)
CD IN indicator:
CD IN indicator appears on the display when
the CD is loaded with the system on.
If the text is more than 10 letters, push the
AUTOP button to display the remaining text.
CD EJECT:
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
compact disc loaded, the compact disc will be
ejected.
To eject the discs selected by the EJECT
button, push it for less than 1.5 seconds.
4-19
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) RA- AUDIO button (BASS, TREBLE,
DIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER FADER, BALANCE, SCV , DISP
MODE):
Press the AUDIO button to change the select-
ing mode as follows:
Temp Artist Display → Temp Title Display →
BASS → TREBLE → FADER → BALANCE
→ SCV → DISP MODE → MENU OFF .
When the AUDIO button is pushed while
listening to the satellite radio (if so equipped),
SIH0151
the artist name and song title will be displayed
Refer to the separate Owner’s Manual for the radio comes on. Pushing the temporarily.
information about the navigation system. ONzOFF/Volume control knob again turns the To adjust Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance, press
system off. the AUDIO button until the desired mode
Audio main operation
Turn the ONzOFF/Volume control knob to BASS, TREBLE, FADER or BALANCE appears
ONzOFF/Volume control: in the display.
adjust the volume.
Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, then push This vehicle has Speed sensitive Control Press the or button to adjust
the ONzOFF/Volume control knob. The mode Volume (SCV) for audio. The audio volume Bass and Treble to the desired level. Use the
(radio or cassette) which was playing imme- changes as the driving speed changes. or button to adjust Fader or
diately before the system was turned off Balance modes. Fader adjusts the sound level
resumes playing. When no cassette is loaded, between the front and rear speakers and
4-20
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Balance adjusts the sound level between the cassette tape operation, TAPE illuminates in To preset (AUTO.P) the AM or FM station,
right and left speakers. the display. push the FM/AM button for more than 1.5
seconds.
To change the SCV mode to OFF , LOW, MID FM-AM radio operation
or HIGH, press the or (TUNE) The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during
FM-AM band select:
button. FM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-
Pushing the FM-AM band select button will cast signal is weak, the radio automatically
When the DISP MODE is selected while changes from stereo to monaural reception.
change the band as follows:
playing the satellite radio, you can display the
following information in sequence by using AM → AM (preset station) → FM1 → FM2 TUNE (Tuning):
the or button. → FM (preset station) → AM
CH Number → CH Name → Artist name → When FM/AM band select button is pushed WARNING
Song title while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON,
the radio will come on at the station last The radio should not be tuned while
After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tape
played. driving so full attention may be given
display reappears. Once the sound quality is
The last station played will also come on when to vehicle operation.
set to the desired level, press the AUDIO
button repeatedly until the radio or cassette the power knob is turned to ON.
tape display appears. Use these buttons for manual tuning. To move
If a compact disc or tape is playing when the
quickly through the channels, hold either of
Radio/Cassette tape priority FM/AM band select button is turned to ON,
the TUNE buttons down for more than 0.5
mode the compact disc or tape will automatically be
seconds.
In this mode, the radio station illuminates in turned off and the last radio station played will
the display during radio operation. During come on.
4-21
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SCAN tuning: 1. PTY (CAT) selection mode
Push the SCAN tuning button and SCAN will PTY (CAT) name selection can be done by
illuminate in the display window. SCAN tun- the up/down TUNE button or
ing begins from high to low or low to high in the PTY (CAT) selection mode.
frequencies and stops at each broadcasting
It is possible to shift the PTY (CAT) name by
station for 5 seconds. Pushing the button
one step, with one push of the up/down tuning
again during this 5 second period stops SCAN
button or .
tuning and the radio remains tuned to that
station. PTY (CAT) name selection can also be
achieved by pressing the preset buttons.
If any of the SEEK/SCAN tuning buttons are
not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning Initial PTY (CAT) names are stored in the
moves to the next station. preset buttons; but these can be changed by
pressing the preset buttons for more than 1.5
Program type (Category
seconds when the desired PTY (CAT) name is
(CAT)) button: 2. PTY (CAT) SEEK tuning
in the display.
When PTY button is pressed during FM mode, After selecting a PTY (CAT) name, push
the PTY name of the current tuned station is the TUNE button or for more
displayed. During this time if the PTY data than 1.5 seconds within 10 seconds. Tun-
code is zero, or the data is unreadable; the ing to the PTY (CAT) station will start. If
display will show NONE. you do not push the TUNE button within
the 10 second period, the PTY mode will
be canceled.
4-22
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
3. PTY (CAT) SCAN tuning mode must also be installed. To cancel the scan tuning, press the SCAN
button.
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune the TUNE (Tuning):
PTY name station, and stop at each broad-
Press the or button to select the Station memory (and preset) op-
casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the
satellite radio channel. Channels which are erations
button again during this 5 second period
not available will automatically be skipped. If Twelve stations can be set for the FM band
will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will
channel 0 is selected, it will display the (six for FM1, six for FM2), SAT band (six for
remain tuned to that station. If the SCAN
hardware ID of the satellite tuner. SAT1, six for SAT2) and six stations can be
tuning button is not pushed within 5
set for the AM band.
seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next SEEK/SCAN tuning:
station. 1. Tune to the desired station using the
1. When the PTY button is pushed while the
SCAN or TUNE buttons.
Satellite radio operation (if so satellite radio is ON, the Category mode
equipped) will be displayed. 2. Select the desired station and keep push-
ing any of the desired station memory
TAPE/CD Satellite channel (SAT1 or 2. Push the , or PTY (up only)
buttons (1 to 6) until a beep sound is
SAT2) selected tape/CD play: button to select the Category.
heard. (The radio mutes when the select
Pushing the TAPE/CD button will change the 3. Push and hold the or button button is pushed.)
mode as follows: to seek the channel in the selected cat-
3. The channel indicator will come on and the
egory.
TAPE → CD → (SAT1 → SAT2 →) TAPE sound will resume. Memorizing is now
4. If the SCAN button is pushed after opera- complete.
If you have not separately contracted for
satellite radio, “SAT1 and SAT2” will not be tion 1 or 2, scan will stop at each channel 4. Other station select buttons can be set in
shown on the display. Satellite radio hardware in the selected category for 5 seconds. the same manner.
4-23
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the digital squares illuminate on the left side of or REW button again, or the TAPE/CD button.
radio fuse opens, the radio memory is can- the display window.
APS (automatic pro-
celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.
PLAY: gram search) FF , APS
Cassette tape player operation REW:
When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with the
Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, then radio turned on and the tape loaded, the radio Push either the APS FF or APS REW button
carefully insert a cassette tape into the tape will automatically be turned off and the tape while the cassette tape is playing. The tape
door. will play. runs quickly, stops, then plays the next
The cassette tape automatically pulls into the selection. Either the FF or REW symbol
If the TAPE/CD button is pushed during either
player. The word TAPE and moving digital flashes in the display while searching for the
the FF , REW, APS FF or APS REW function,
squares illuminate on the right side of the selection.
the cassette tape enters the normal play mode.
display window.
This system searches for the blank intervals
When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with the
between selections. If there is a blank interval
CD playing, the tape will play.
CAUTION within one selection or there is no interval
FF (fast forward), between selections, the system may not stop
Do not force the cassette tape into the REW (rewind): in the desired or expected location.
tape door. This could cause player
Push either the FF or REW button for the PROG (program):
damage.
desired direction.
Push the PROG button. The moving digital
The FF or REW symbol illuminates in the squares illuminate on either the right or left
The cassette tape automatically changes di-
display. side of the display window to indicate the side
rections to play the other side when the first
side is complete. At this time, the moving To stop the FF or REW function, press the FF of program play.
4-24
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
If the PROG button is pushed during either the Compact disc (CD) PLAY:
FF or REW function the tape enters the normal player/changer operation O When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with
play mode. Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON the CD loaded in the player or CD au-
Dolby NR (Noise Reduction): position. tochanger (if so equipped):
Push the Dolby NR button for Dolby NR To play the CD, push the TAPE/CD button a) If the TAPE player (if cassette tape is
encoded tapes to reduce high frequency tape after loading the disc. inserted) is turned on, the mode (CD
noise. The indicator light comes on. With the disc loaded, the number of discs and player or CD autochanger) will turn on.
Dolby NR is manufactured under license from tracks will appear on the display. b) If the CD player is on, the CD player
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. If the radio or tape is already operating, it will will automatically be turned off and the
DOLBY NR and the double-D symbol automatically turn off and the CD will play. CD autochanger will turn on.
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
c) If the CD autochanger is on, the CD
Licensing Corporation.
CAUTION autochanger will automatically be
Metal or chrome tape usage: turned off and the TAPE player will turn
Do not force the CD into the slot. This on.
The cassette player is automatically set to high
could damage the player.
performance play when playing a metal or O When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with
chrome cassette tape. If the system has been turned off while the CD the CD loaded in only the CD autochanger,
was playing, pushing the ONzOFF/VOL control the CD autochanger will turn on.
TAPE EJECT:
knob will start the CD.
O When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with
Push the EJECT button. The cassette tape
no disc in either the player or CD au-
automatically comes out.
4-25
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
tochanger, the TAPE player will change the number of times the button is pushed. (When change the one disc random or all disc
tape side. the last program on the CD is skipped random, push the PROG button for a second.
through, the first program will be played.) The same program may be repeated twice.
DISC change:
When the (APS REW) button is pushed, When the CD is ejected, the play pattern
Use these buttons for selecting the compact the program being played returns to its will automatically change to all.
disc inserted into the CD magazine. beginning. Push several times to skip back
through programs. The CD disc will go back CD EJECT:
FF (Fast Forward),
REW (Rewind): the number of times the button is pushed. When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
When the (fast forward) or (re- PROG (Program):
wind) button is pushed while the CD is being When this button is pushed while the CD is
When the PROG button is pushed while the
played, the CD will play while fast forwarding being played, the CD will come out and the
CD is being played, the play pattern will
system will turn off.
or rewinding. When the button is released, the change as follows:
CD will return to normal play speed. If the CD comes out and is not removed,
ALL → 1 → RANDOM → OFF → ALL it will be pulled back into the slot to pro-
APS (Automatic Pro-
ALL: All the programs will be played repeat- tect it. (except 8 cm diameter compact
gram Search) FF , APS
edly in sequence. discs)
REW:
1: Only one program (the one being played CD IN indicator:
When the (APS FF) button is pushed
when the PROG button is pushed) will be CD IN indicator appears on the display when
while the CD is being played, the program
repeated. the CD is loaded with the system on.
next to the present one will start to play from
its beginning. Push several times to skip RANDOM: Programs will be played at random,
through programs. The CD will advance the not following the sequence on the CD. To
4-26
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
CD CARE AND CLEANING O A new disc may be rough on its inner and mode in the sequence of AM, FM1, FM2,
outer edges. Remove the rough edges (SAT1, SAT2 — if so equipped) CD, CD
using the side of a pen or pencil as autochanger (if so equipped) and Tape.
illustrated.
Volume control switches
STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR Push the upper side switch or lower side
AUDIO CONTROL (if so switch to adjust the volume.
equipped)
Upper side: Volume increases
Lower side: Volume decreases
SIH0082
Tuning
O Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the Memory change (radio):
surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.
Push the tuning switch or for
O Always place the discs in the storage case less than 1.5 seconds to change the radio
when they are not being used. frequency, or SAT radio preset channel.
O To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the SIH0125
SEEK tuning (radio):
center to the outer edge using a clean, soft
The audio system can be operated using the Push the tuning switch or for
cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular
controls on the steering wheel. more than 1.5 seconds to seek the next or
motion.
Do not use a conventional record cleaner MODE select switch previous radio station, or for a cursory search
or alcohol intended for industrial use. of satellite radio.
Push the mode select switch to change the
4-27
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
APS (Automatic Program Search) within one program or there is no interval
FF , APS REW (tape/CD): between programs, the system may not stop in
the desired or expected location.
CAUTION
Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5
seconds while the tape/CD is being played, FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind) O Do not place metalized film near
the next program will start to play from the (tape): the rear window glass or attach
beginning. any metal parts to it. This may
Push the tuning button for more than
cause poor reception or noise.
Push the switch several times to skip 1.5 seconds to fast forward the tape. To
through programs. The tape/CD will advance rewind the tape, push the tuning button O When cleaning the inside of the
the number of times the switch is pushed (up for more than 1.5 seconds. Either the rear window, be careful not to
to nine programs). FF or REW symbol illuminates on the right scratch or damage the rear win-
side of the display window. dow antenna. Lightly wipe along
Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5
the antenna with a dampened soft
seconds and, the program being played starts To stop the FF or REW function, press the
cloth.
over from the beginning. or button again for more than 1.5
seconds.
Push the switch several times to skip
back several selections. The tape/CD will go ANTENNA
back the number of times the switch is
Window antenna
pushed. Either the FF or REW symbol flashes
on the right side of the display window while The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear
searching for the selection. window.
This system searches for the blank intervals
between selections. If there is a blank interval
4-28
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
COMPACT DISC (CD) AU-
TOCHANGER (if so equipped)
SIH0127
CD magazine
SIH0126
Insert the CD magazine into the changer with
the label side facing up, as illustrated. Close
the sliding lid of the CD autochanger.
When ejecting the CD magazine, press the
EJECT button located inside the CD
autochanger.
SIH0152
Disc loading
O Pull the disc holder from the magazine and
turn over the magazine.
4-29
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O Insert the CD with label side facing up then tem and other electronic parts.
push the disc holder into the magazine. notes, pull off the road to a safe
location and stop your vehicle
Disc removal WARNING before doing so.
O Pull the * marked area with your fingers.
O A cellular telephone should not be
O Use your fingertips to grasp the center part used while driving so full attention
of the disc and remove the disc. may be given to vehicle opera-
CAUTION
tion. Some jurisdictions prohibit
O Keep the antenna as far as pos-
CAUTION the use of cellular telephones
sible away from the Electronic
while driving.
Control Unit (including radio) un-
O Do not touch the playing surface of O If you must make a call while your der the center of the instrument
the disc. vehicle is in motion, the hands panel.
O Do not use 8 cm discs. They may free cellular phone operational
O Keep the antenna wire more than
cause player damage even if us- mode (if so equipped) is highly
8 in (20 cm) away from the Engine
ing with the optional adapter. recommended. Exercise extreme
Control harness. Do not route the
caution at all times so full atten-
antenna wire next to any harness.
tion may be given to vehicle op-
CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO eration. O Adjust the antenna standing-wave
When installing a CB radio or a car phone in ratio as recommended by the
O If a conversation in a moving
your INFINITI, be sure to observe the follow- manufacturer.
vehicle requires you to take
ing cautions, otherwise the new equipment
may adversely affect the Engine Control sys-
4-30
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O Connect the ground wire from the

CB radio chassis to the body.
O For details, consult your INFINITI
dealer.
4-31
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
5 STARTING AND DRIVING
Precautions when starting and driving ....... 5-2 Parking/parking on hills............................. 5-16
Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide)............ 5-2 Power steering........................................... 5-17
Three way catalyst ................................ 5-3 Brake system ............................................. 5-17
Avoiding collision and rollover............... 5-4 Braking precautions.............................. 5-17
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving........ 5-4 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .............. 5-18
Ignition switch ............................................. 5-5 Traction control system
Automatic transmission ......................... 5-5 (if so equipped) ......................................... 5-19
Key positions.......................................... 5-6 Vehicle dynamic control system (VDC) (if so
Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System........ 5-6 equipped)................................................... 5-20
Before starting the engine........................... 5-7
Cold weather driving ................................. 5-22
Starting the engine ...................................... 5-7
Freeing a frozen door lock ................... 5-22
Driving the vehicle....................................... 5-8
Anti-freeze ............................................ 5-22
Automatic transmission ......................... 5-8
Battery.................................................. 5-22
Parking brake............................................. 5-12
Cruise control ............................................ 5-13 Draining of coolant water .................... 5-22
Precautions on cruise control .............. 5-13 Tire equipment ..................................... 5-22
Cruise control operations..................... 5-13 Special winter equipment..................... 5-23
Break-in schedule ...................................... 5-14 Driving on snow or ice ........................ 5-23
Increasing fuel economy ........................... 5-15 Engine block heater (if so equipped)... 5-24
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
STARTING AND DRIVING
PRECAUTIONS WHEN
could be seriously injured. Keep immediately.
STARTING AND DRIVING the car locked, with the trunk
O Do not run the engine in closed
closed, when not in use, and
spaces such as a garage.
WARNING prevent children’s access to car
keys. O Do not park the vehicle with the
O Do not leave children or adults engine running for any extended
who would normally require the length of time.
support of others alone in your ve-
EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monox-
ide) O Keep the trunk lid, closed while
hicle. Pets should not be left alone driving, otherwise exhaust gases
either. They could accidentally in- could be drawn into the passen-
jure themselves or others through WARNING ger compartment. If you must
inadvertent operation of the ve- drive with the trunk lid open,
hicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, Do not breathe exhaust gases; they follow these precautions.
temperatures in a closed vehicle contain colorless and odorless car-
could quickly become high enough bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is 1. Open all the windows.
to cause severe or possibly fatal dangerous. It can cause uncon- 2. Set the air recirculation
injuries to people or animals. sciousness or death. switch OFF and the fan con-
O Closely supervise children when O If you suspect that exhaust fumes trol at 4 (high) to circulate
they are around cars to prevent are entering the vehicle, drive the air.
them from playing and becoming with all windows fully open, and O If electrical wiring or other cable
locked in the trunk where they have the vehicle inspected
5-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
connections must pass to a trailer a. The vehicle is raised for ser-

through the seal on the trunk lid vice. WARNING
or the body, follow the manufac-
b. You suspect that exhaust O The exhaust gas and the exhaust
turer’s recommendation to pre-
fumes are entering into the system are very hot. Keep people,
vent carbon monoxide entry into
passenger compartment. animals or flammable materials
the vehicle.
c. You notice a change in the away from the exhaust system
O If a special body or other equip- components.
sound of the exhaust system.
ment is added for recreational or
other usage, follow the manufac- d. You have had an accident O Do not stop or park the vehicle
turer’s recommendation to pre- involving damage to the ex- over flammable materials such as
vent carbon monoxide entry into haust system, underbody, or dry grass, waste paper or rags.
the vehicle. (Some recreational rear of the vehicle. They may ignite and cause a fire.
vehicle appliances such as
stoves, refrigerator, heaters, etc. THREE WAY CATALYST
may also generate carbon monox- CAUTION
ide.) The three way catalyst is an emission control
device installed in the exhaust system. Ex- O Do not use leaded gasoline.
O The exhaust system and body haust gases in the converter are burned at Deposits from leaded gasoline se-
should be inspected by a quali- high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. riously reduce the three way cata-
fied mechanic whenever:
lyst’s ability to help reduce ex-
haust pollutants.
5-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
AVOIDING COLLISION AND drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always
O Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- ROLLOVER wear your seat belt. See “Seat Belts” in the “1.
functions in the ignition, fuel in- Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag
jection, or electrical systems can systems” section. Also instruct your passen-
cause overrich fuel flow into the WARNING
gers to do so.
three way catalyst, causing it to
overheat. Do not keep driving if Failure to operate this vehicle in a Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in
the engine misfires, or if notice- safe and prudent manner may result collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crush,
able loss of performance or other in loss of control or an accident. an unbelted or improperly belted, person is
unusual operating conditions are significantly more likely to be injured or killed
Be alert and drive defensively at all times.
detected. Have the vehicle in- than a person properly wearing a seat belt.
Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive
spected promptly by an INFINITI
speed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer- DRINKING ALCOHOL/
dealer.
ing maneuvers, because these driving prac- DRUGS AND DRIVING
O Avoid driving with an extremely tices could cause you to lose control of your
low fuel level. Running out of fuel vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of WARNING
could cause the engine to misfire, control could result in a collision with
damaging the three way catalyst. other vehicles or objects, or cause the Never drive under the influence of al-
vehicle to rollover, particularly if the cohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-
O Do not race the engine while
loss of control causes the vehicle to stream reduces coordination, delays
warming it up.
slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, reaction time and impairs judge-
O Do not push or tow your vehicle to and avoid driving when tired. Never drive ment. Driving after drinking alcohol
start the engine. when under the influence of alcohol or drugs increases the likelihood of being in-
(including prescription or over-the-counter
5-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
IGNITION SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

volved in an accident injuring your-
self and others. Additionally, if you
are injured in the accident, alcohol WARNING
can increase the severity of the in-
jury. Never remove or turn the key to the
LOCK position while driving. The
steering wheel will lock. This may
INFINITI is committed to safe driving. You cause the driver to lose control of the
must not drive under the influence of alcohol. vehicle and could result in serious
Every year thousands of people are injured or vehicle damage and/or personal
SIS0044
killed in alcohol related accidents. Although injury.
the local laws vary on what is considered to be The ignition lock is designed so that the key
legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until
affects all people differently and most people the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)
underestimate the effects of alcohol. position.
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! When removing the key from the ignition,
And that’s true for drugs too (over the counter, make sure the selector lever is in the P (Park)
prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if position.
your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired If the selector lever is not returned to the P
by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical (Park) position, the key cannot be moved
condition. toward LOCK.
5-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
When the key cannot be turned toward the must be turned about 1/6 of a turn clockwise such as the radio when the engine is not
LOCK position, proceed as follows to remove from the straight up position. running.
the key:
To lock the steering wheel, turn the key ON (Normal operating position) (3)
1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park) to the LOCK position. Remove the key.
This position turns on the ignition system and
position. To unlock the steering wheel, insert the the electrical accessories.
2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ON key and turn it gently while rotating the
steering wheel slightly right and left. START (4)
direction.
KEY POSITIONS This position activates the starter motor,
3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.
starting the engine.
4. Remove the key. The switch includes an anti-theft steering lock
device. INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBI-
If the key is removed from the ignition switch, LIZER SYSTEM
the selector lever cannot be moved from the P LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)
The Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System will
(Park) position. The selector lever can be The ignition key can only be removed when not allow the engine to start without the use of
moved if the ignition switch is in the ON the switch is in this position. the registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-
position and the foot brake pedal is
tem key.
depressed. OFF (1)
If the engine fails to start using the registered
There is an OFF position in between LOCK The engine can be turned off without locking
Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key (it may
and ACC, although it does not show on the the steering wheel.
be due to interference caused by another
lock cylinder. When the ignition is in OFF the
ACC (Accessories) (2) Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key, an
steering wheel is not locked.
automated toll road device or automated
This position activates electrical accessories
In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it payment device on the key ring). Restart the
5-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
engine using the following procedures: O Maintenance items listed here should be (Neutral). (P preferred.)
1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi- checked periodically, e.g., each time you
The starter is designed not to operate if the
tion for approximately 5 seconds. check engine oil.
selector lever is in one of the driving
2. Turn ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK O Check that all windows and lights are positions.
position and wait approximately 10 sec- clean.
3. Crank the engine with your foot off the
onds. O Visually inspect tires for their appearance accelerator pedal by turning the igni-
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. and condition. Also, check tires for proper tion key to START. Release the key when
inflation. the engine starts. If the engine starts, but
4. Restart the engine while holding the device
fails to run, repeat the above procedure.
(which may have caused the interference) O Lock all doors.
separate from the registered Infiniti Vehicle O If the engine is very hard to start in
O Position seat and adjust head restraints.
Immobilizer System key. extremely cold weather after a very short
O Adjust inside and outside mirrors. running time, depress the accelerator
If this procedure allows the engine to start,
O Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the
INFINITI recommends placing the registered
do likewise. floor) and hold it then crank the engine.
Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a
Release the key and the accelerator pedal
separate key ring to avoid interference from
O Check the operation of warning lights when the engine starts.
other devices.
when key is turned to the ON (3) position.
O If the engine is very hard to start because
BEFORE STARTING THE
STARTING THE ENGINE it is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal
ENGINE all the way to the floor and hold it. Crank
1. Apply the parking brake.
O Make sure the area around the vehicle is the engine for 5 to 6 seconds. After
clear. 2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N cranking the engine, release the accelera-
5-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
tor pedal. Crank the engine with your foot weather, keep the engine running for a to the R, N, D, 3, 2 or 1 position. Be sure the
off the accelerator pedal by turning the minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shutting vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to
ignition key to START. Release the key it off. Starting and stopping the engine shift the selector lever.
when the engine starts. If the engine starts, over a short period of time may make the This automatic transmission is de-
but fails to run, repeat the above proce- vehicle more difficult to start. signed so the foot brake pedal must be
dure. DRIVING THE VEHICLE depressed before shifting from the P
(Park) position to any drive position
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION while the ignition switch is ON.
CAUTION
Gate type shift The selector lever cannot be moved out
Do not operate the starter for more The automatic transmission in your vehicle is of the P (Park) position and into any of
than 10 seconds at a time. If the en- electronically controlled by a transmission the other gear positions if the key is
gine does not start, turn the key off control module to produce maximum power turned to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position
and wait 10 seconds before cranking and smooth operation. or if the key is removed from the switch.
again, otherwise the starter could be
Shown on the following pages are the recom- 1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and
damaged.
mended operating procedures for this trans- shift into a driving gear.
mission. Follow these procedures for maxi-
4. Warm-up 2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,
mum vehicle performance and driving
then gradually start the vehicle in motion.
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 enjoyment.
seconds after starting. Do not race the
engine while warming it up. Drive at Starting the vehicle
moderate speed for a short distance first, After starting the engine, fully depress the foot
especially in cold weather. In cold brake pedal before shifting the selector lever
5-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Shifting
O On slippery roads, do not down-
WARNING shift. This may cause a loss of
control.
O Do not depress the accelerator
pedal while shifting from P or N to
R, D, 3, 2 or 1. Always depress the CAUTION
brake pedal until shifting is com-
pleted. Failure to do so could When stopping the vehicle on an up-
cause you to lose control and have hill grade, do not hold the vehicle by
an accident. depressing the accelerator pedal.
SIS0092
The foot brakes should be used for
O Cold engine idle speed is high, so
this purpose. After starting the engine, fully depress the
use caution when shifting into a
forward or reverse gear before brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P
the engine has warmed up. (Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or any of the
desired shift positions.
O Never shift to P or R while the
vehicle is moving forward. Never
shift to P or D while the vehicle is WARNING
moving rearward. These could
cause you to lose control and Apply the parking brake if the selec-
have an accident. tor lever is in any position while the
engine is not running. Failure to do
5-9
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
3. Move the selector lever to P (Park). R (Reverse):
so could cause the vehicle to move
unexpectedly or roll away and result 4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK to remove Use this position to back up. Always be sure
in serious personal injury or property the key. the vehicle is completely stopped when se-
damage. lecting R (Reverse). The brake pedal must
P (Park):
be depressed to move the selector lever
Use this selector position when the vehicle is from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any drive
If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any parked or when starting the engine. Make sure position to R (Reverse).
reason while the vehicle is in R (Reverse), N the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake
N (Neutral):
(Neutral), or any D (Drive) position, the key pedal must be depressed to move the
cannot be turned to LOCK and be removed selector lever from N (Neutral) or any Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.
from the ignition switch. Additionally, the drive position to P (Park). Apply the park- The engine can be started in this position.
selector lever cannot be moved to P (Park) ing brake. When parking on a hill, apply the You may shift to N (Neutral) and restart a
from N (Neutral) or any D (Drive) position. parking brake first, then move the lever to the stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.
The selector lever can be moved from R P (Park) position.
D (Drive):
(Reverse) to P (Park) with the key in the OFF
Use this position for all normal forward
or ACC position. If the key cannot be turned to CAUTION driving.
LOCK, perform the following steps:
Use this position only when the ve- 3 (Third gear):
1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle
hicle is completely stopped. For driving up and down long slopes where
is stopped.
engine braking would be advantageous.
2. Turn the key to ON while depressing the
foot brake pedal.
5-10
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
2 (Second gear): Shift lock release transmission system as soon as possible.
Use for hill climbing or engine braking on
downhill grades. WARNING
Do not exceed 69 MPH (110 km/h) in the 2
If the selector lever cannot be moved
(Second gear) position.
from the P position while the engine
1 (Low gear): is running and the brake pedal is de-
Use this position when climbing steep hills pressed, the stop lights may not
slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, work. Malfunctioning stop lights
sand or mud, or for maximum engine braking could cause an accident injuring
SIS0093
on steep downhill grades. yourself and others.
If the battery charge is low or discharged, the
Do not exceed 37 MPH (60 km/h) in the 1
select lever may not move from the P position Accelerator downshift — In D
(Low gear) position.
even with the brake pedal depressed. position —
To move the select lever, depress the brake For rapid passing or hill climbing, fully
depress the accelerator pedal to the floor. This
pedal, and push the shift lock release button.
shifts the transmission down into second gear
The select lever can be moved to N (Neutral).
or first gear, depending on the vehicle speed.
This allows the vehicle to be moved if the
battery is discharged.
If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park)
have your INFINITI dealer check the automatic
5-11
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Fail-safe check the transmission and repair if 3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning
necessary. light goes out.
When the fail-safe operation occurs, the next
time the key is turned to the ON position, the PARKING BRAKE
light will blink for approximately 8 WARNING
seconds after coming on for 2 seconds. While
the vehicle can be driven under these circum- O Be sure the parking brake is fully
stances please note that the gears in the released before driving. Failure to
automatic transmission will be locked in third do so can cause brake failure and
gear. lead to an accident.
If the vehicle is driven under extreme O Do not release the parking brake
from outside the vehicle.
conditions, such as excessive wheel
spinning and subsequent hard braking, SIS0067 O Do not use the gear shift in place
the fail-safe system may be activated. of the parking brake. When park-
This will occur even if all electrical cir- To apply: Fully depress the parking brake ing, be sure the parking brake is
cuits are functioning properly. In this pedal. fully engaged.
case, turn the ignition key OFF and wait To release: O Do not leave children unattended
for 3 seconds. Then turn the key back to in a vehicle. They could release
the ON position. The vehicle should re- 1. Firmly apply the foot brake.
the parking brake and cause an
turn to its normal operating condition. If 2. Depress the parking brake pedal and the accident.
it does not return to its normal operating parking brake will be released.
condition, have your INFINITI dealer
5-12
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CRUISE CONTROL OPERA-

CONTROL TIONS
WARNING O If the cruise control system malfunctions,
it will cancel automatically. The cruise
Do not use the cruise control when indicator light in the instrument panel will
driving under the following condi- then blink to warn the driver.
tions: O When the cruise indicator light blinks, turn
O it is not possible to keep the the cruise control switch (main switch)
vehicle at set speed. OFF and have the system checked by your
INFINITI dealer.
O in heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed. O The cruise indicator light may blink when SIS0060
the cruise control main switch is turned The cruise control allows driving at a speed
O on winding roads, or hilly roads. ON while pushing the RES/ACCEL,
between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)
O on slippery roads (rain, snow, COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (located
without keeping your foot on the accelerator
ice, etc.) on the steering wheel). To properly set the
pedal.
cruise control system perform the steps
O in very windy areas.
above in the order indicated. To turn on the cruise control, push the
Doing so could cause a loss of ve- main switch on. The cruise indicator light on
hicle control and result in an the meter panel will come on.
accident.
To set at cruising speed, accelerate your
vehicle to the desired speed, push the
5-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
COAST/SET switch and release it. (The SET in- O If you depress the brake pedal while speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6
dicator light will come on.) Take your foot off pushing the RES/ACCEL set switch and km/h).
the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main- reset at the cruising speed, turn the main To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
tain the set speed. switch off once and then turn it on again. one of the following three methods:
O To pass another vehicle, depress the O The cruise control will automatically be a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
accelerator pedal. When you release the cancelled if the vehicle slows down below vehicle attains the desired speed, push the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ- approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h). COAST/SET switch and release it.
ously set speed.
O Move the selector lever to N (Neutral) b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.
O The vehicle may not maintain the set speed position. The SET light will go out. Release the switch when the vehicle slows
when going up or down steep hills. If this down to the desired speed.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use
happens, drive without the cruise control.
one of the following three methods: c) Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET
To cancel the preset speed, follow any of switch. Each time you do this, the set
a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
these methods: speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
km/h).
a) Push the CANCEL switch; The SET indi- release the COAST/SET switch.
cator light will go out. To resume the preset speed, push and re-
b) Push and hold the RES/ACCEL set switch.
lease the RES/ACCEL set switch. The vehicle
b) Tap the brake pedal; The SET indicator When the vehicle attains the speed you will resume the last set cruising speed when
light will go out. desire, release the switch. the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
c) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISE c) Push, then quickly release the RES/ACCEL
indicator and SET indicator lights will go BREAK-IN SCHEDULE
set switch. Each time you do this, the set
out. During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow
5-14
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
these recommendations to obtain maximum cruising speeds with a constant accelerator Improper alignment will cause not only tire
engine performance and ensure the future position. wear but also lower fuel economy.
reliability and economy of your new vehicle. O Air conditioner operation lowers fuel
O Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.
Failure to follow these recommendations may Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy. Use the air conditioner only
result in shortened engine life and reduced economy. when necessary.
engine performance. O When cruising at highway speeds, it is
O Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.
O Avoid driving for long periods at constant Maintain a safe distance behind other more economical to use the air conditioner
speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the vehicles. and leave the windows closed to reduce
engine over 4,000 rpm. drag.
O Use a proper gear range which suits road
O Do not accelerate at full throttle in any conditions. On level roads, shift into high
gear. gear as soon as possible.
O Avoid quick starts. O Avoid unnecessary engine idling.
O Avoid hard braking as much as possible. O Keep your engine tuned up.
O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles O Follow the recommended periodic mainte-
(800 km). nance schedule.
INCREASING FUEL O Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres-
ECONOMY sure. Low pressure will increase tire wear
and waste fuel.
O Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain
O Keep the front wheels in correct alignment.
5-15
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
PARKING/PARKING ON
HILLS WARNING
O Safe parking procedures require
that both the parking brake be set
and the transmission placed into P
(Park) for automatic transmission
models. Failure to do so could
cause the vehicle to move unex-
pectedly or roll away and result in
an accident.
ISD001
O Make sure the automatic trans-
mission selector lever has been
while the vehicle is unattended. pushed as far forward as it can go
WARNING
O Never leave children unattended and cannot be moved without de-
O Do not stop or park the vehicle in the vehicle. pressing the button at the end of
over flammable materials such as the lever.
dry grass, waste paper or rags. 1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
They may ignite and cause a fire. 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling
2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) into the street when parked on a sloping
O Never leave the engine running position. drive way, it is a good practice to turn the
wheels as illustrated.
5-16
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: j
1 If the engine stops or drive belt breaks, you engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can
will still have control of the vehicle. However, stop the vehicle by depressing the brake
Turn the wheels into the curb and move
much greater steering effort is needed, espe- pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the
the vehicle forward until the curb side
cially in sharp turns or at low speeds. brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle
wheel gently touches the curb.
and the stopping distance will be longer.
O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: j
2
WARNING Wet brakes
Turn the wheels away from the curb and
When the vehicle is washed or driven through
move the vehicle back until the curb side If the engine is not running or is
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result,
wheel gently touches the curb. turned off while driving, the power
your braking distance will be longer and the
assist for the steering will not work.
O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO vehicle may pull to one side during braking.
Steering will be much harder to op-
CURB: j
3 To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe
erate.
Turn the wheels toward the side of the speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to
road so the vehicle will move away from heat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakes
the center of the road if it moves.
BRAKE SYSTEM return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at
high speeds until the brakes function cor-
4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position BRAKING PRECAUTIONS
rectly.
and remove the key. The brake system has two separate hydraulic
Using the brakes
circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will
POWER STEERING still have braking at two wheels. Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal
The power assisted steering is designed to while driving. This will overheat the brakes,
Vacuum assisted brake
use a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, to wear out the brake linings and pads faster and
assist steering. The brake booster aids braking by using reduce gas mileage.
5-17
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
To help save the brakes and to prevent the ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM Normal operation
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and (ABS) The anti-lock brake system will not operate at
downshift to a lower gear before going down
The anti-lock brake system controls the brakes speeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h) to
a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may
at each wheel so the wheels will not lock when completely stop the vehicle. (The speeds will
reduce braking performance and could result
braking abruptly or when braking on slippery vary according to road conditions.) When the
in loss of vehicle control.
surfaces. The system detects the rotation anti-lock system senses that one or more
speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid wheels are close to locking up, the actuator
WARNING pressure to prevent each wheel from locking (under the hood) rapidly applies and releases
and sliding. By preventing wheel lockup, the hydraulic pressure (like pumping the brakes
O While driving on a slippery sur- system helps the driver maintain steering very quickly). While the actuator is working,
face, be careful when braking, ac- control and helps to minimize swerving and
you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal
celerating or downshifting. Abrupt spinning on slippery surfaces.
and hear a noise or vibration from the actuator
braking or accelerating could
Using the system under the hood. This is normal and indicates
cause the wheels to skid and re-
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. that the anti-lock system is working properly.
sult in an accident.
However, the pulsation may indicate that road
O If the engine is not running or is conditions are hazardous and extra care is
turned off while driving, the WARNING required while driving.
power assist for the brakes will
not work. Braking will be harder. Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing Self-test feature
so may result in increased stopping The anti-lock brake system consists of elec-
distances. tronic sensors, electric pumps, and hydraulic
solenoids controlled by a computer. The
5-18
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
tests the system each time you start the engine vent accidents resulting from care- wheels.
less or dangerous driving tech-
and move the vehicle at a low speed in O When installing a spare tire,
forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, niques. It can help maintain vehicle
make sure it is the proper size
control during braking on slippery
you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a and type as specified on the tire
surfaces, but remember that the
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal placard. See “Vehicle identifica-
stopping distance on slippery sur-
and is not an indication of any malfunction. If tion” in the “9. Technical and
faces will be longer than on normal
the computer senses any malfunction, it consumer information” section
surfaces, even with the anti-lock
switches the anti-lock brake system OFF and for tire placard location.
system. Stopping distances may
turns on the ABS warning light in the dash-
also be longer on rough, gravel or
board. The brake system will then behave
snow covered roads, or if you are TRACTION CONTROL SYS-
normally, but without anti-lock assistance.
using tire chains. Always maintain a TEM (if so equipped)
If the light comes on during the self check, or safe distance from the vehicle in
while you are driving, you should take your front of you. Ultimately, the respon- On slippery surfaces such as wet asphalt
vehicle to your INFINITI dealer for repair at sibility for safety of self and others roads, vehicle wheels may spin when the
your earliest convenience. rests in the hands of the driver. vehicle is accelerated. This wheel spin re-
duces acceleration, or causes the vehicle to
Tire type and condition of tires may swerve, thus decreasing vehicle stability.
WARNING also affect braking effectiveness.
The traction control system helps limit wheel
O When replacing tires, install the
The anti-lock brake system is a so- spin on slippery roads. The system operates
specified size of tires on all four
phisticated device, but it cannot pre- only if it senses one or both of the front
wheels spinning or beginning to lose traction.
5-19
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
When this happens, the system reduces en- VEHICLE DYNAMIC CON-
gine power and may also upshift the trans- way catalyst to overheat and be
damaged. To avoid this, the TCS
TROL SYSTEM (VDC) (if so
mission to help limit wheel spin. equipped)
will automatically turn off. Shift-
O Indicator light ing the gear selector to D will When driving on slippery surfaces or sud-
If a malfunction occurs in the traction reactivate the TCS. denly avoiding obstacles on roads, the vehicle
control system, the SLIP and indi- might swerve or slip. With the vehicle dy-
cator lights come on in the meter panel. namic control system, sensors detect these
As long as these warning lights are on, the WARNING movements and control the braking and en-
traction control function is canceled. The gine output to help improve vehicle stability
vehicle will behaves like a model without This system is designed to prevent while driving.
the traction control system. the wheels from spinning. However,
it does not prevent vehicle slipping or O When the vehicle dynamic control system
spinning due to abrupt steering op- is operating, the slip indicator in the
CAUTION eration at high speeds or by careless instrument panel blinks.
or dangerous driving techniques. Be O When only the traction control system in
O The traction control system is
especially careful when driving on the vehicle dynamic control system is
most effective when the transmis-
slippery surfaces and always drive operating, the slip indicator blinks.
sion gear selector is in the D po-
safely.
sition. O If the slip indicator blinks, the vehicle is
O If you drive in gear 1 or 2 with the under slippery conditions. Be sure to drive
TCS on, this could cause the three carefully. See “Slip indicator light”, and
“Vehicle dynamic control off indicator
5-20
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
light” in the “Instruments and controls”
section. driving and cornering on slippery control off indicator light may
surfaces and always drive care- come on.
O Indicator light fully.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the O When driving on extremely in-
O If engine related parts such as clined surfaces such as higher
SLIP and indicator lights come on
muffler are not standard equip- banked corners, the vehicle dy-
in the meter panel.
ment or are extremely deterio- namic control system may not
As long as these warning lights are on, the
rated, the vehicle dynamic con- operate properly and the vehicle
traction control function is canceled. The
trol off indicator light and slip dynamic control off indicator light
vehicle will behave like a model without
indicator light may come on. may come on. Do not drive on
the system.
these types of roads.
O Do not modify the vehicle’s sus-
pension. The vehicle dynamic O If the tires other than the recom-
WARNING control system may not operate mended ones are used, the ve-
correctly. hicle dynamic control system may
O The vehicle dynamic control sys-
not operate properly or the ve-
tem is designed to help improve O If suspension parts such as shock
hicle dynamic control off indica-
driving stability but does not pre- absorbers, struts, springs and
tor light may come on.
vent accidents due to abrupt steer- bushings are not standard equip-
ing operation at high speeds or by ment or are extremely deterio- O The vehicle dynamic control sys-
careless or dangerous driving rated, the vehicle dynamic con- tem is not a substitute for winter
techniques. Reduce vehicle speed trol system may not operate tires or tire chains on a snow
and be especially careful when properly and the vehicle dynamic
5-21
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or
covered road. maintain maximum efficiency, the battery ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.
should be checked regularly. For additional Please consult your INFINITI dealer for the
COLD WEATHER DRIVING information, see “Battery” in the “8. Mainte- tire type, size, speed rating and availability
nance and do-it-yourself” section. information.
FREEING A FROZEN DOOR
LOCK DRAINING OF COOLANT WA- 2. For additional traction on icy roads, stud-
TER ded tires may be used. However, some
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
provinces and states prohibit their use.
de-icer or glycerin to it through the key hole. If the vehicle is to be left outside without
Check local, state and provincial laws
If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before anti-freeze, drain the cooling system by open-
before installing studded tires.
inserting it into the key hole. ing the drain valves located under the radiator
and on the engine block. Refill before oper- Skid and traction capabilities of studded
ANTI-FREEZE ating the vehicle. See “Engine cooling system” snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may
In the winter when it is anticipated that the in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” be poorer than that of non-studded snow
temperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), section for changing engine coolant. tires.
check anti-freeze to assure proper winter
TIRE EQUIPMENT 3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Make
protection. For additional information, see
“Engine cooling system” in the “8. Mainte- 1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design to sure they are of proper size for the tires on
nance and do-it-yourself” section. provide superior performance on dry pave- your vehicle and are installed according to
ment. However, the performance of these the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Use
BATTERY tires will be substantially reduced in snowy of tire chains may be prohibited according
If the battery is not fully charged during and icy conditions. If you operate your to location. Check the local laws before
extremely cold weather conditions, the battery vehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITI installing tire chains. When installing tire
5-22
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
chains, make sure they are of proper size addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other- DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
for the tires on your vehicle and are wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or
installed according to the chain manufac- vehicle handling and performance may be
adversely affected.
WARNING
turer’s suggestions. Use only SAE Class
S chains. Class “S” chains are used on Never install tire chains on a T-type spare O Wet ice (32°F , 0°C and freezing
vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle tire. Do not use tire chains on dry roads. rain), very cold snow or ice can be
clearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S” slick and very hard to drive on. The
chains are designed to meet the SAE SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
vehicle will have a lot less traction
standard minimum clearances between the It is recommended that the following items be or grip under these conditions. Try
tire and the closest vehicle suspension or carried in the vehicle during winter: to avoid driving on wet ice until the
body component required to accommodate road is salted or sanded.
O a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-
the use of a winter traction device (tire
move ice and snow from the windows and O Whatever the condition, drive
chains or cables). The minimum clear-
wiper blades. with caution. Accelerate and slow
ances are determined using the factory
equipped tire size. Other types may dam- O a sturdy, flat board to be placed under the down with care. If accelerating or
age your vehicle. Use chain tensioners jack to give it firm support. downshifting too fast, the drive
when recommended by the tire chain wheels will lose even more trac-
O a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow- tion.
manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose
drifts.
end links of the tire chain must be secured O Allow more stopping distance un-
or removed to prevent the possibility of O extra window washer fluid to refill the der these conditions. Braking
whipping action damage to the fenders or reservoir tank. should be started sooner than on
underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading
your vehicle when using tire chains. In
5-23
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
dry pavement. (if so equipped)
O Allow greater following distances An engine block heater to assist extreme cold
on slippery roads. temperature starting is available through your
O Watch for slippery spots (glare INFINITI dealer.
ice). These may appear on an
otherwise clear road in shaded WARNING
areas. If a patch of ice is seen
ahead, brake before reaching it. Do not use your heater with an un-
Try not to brake while actually on grounded electrical system or two-
the ice, and avoid any sudden pronged (cheater) adapters. You can
steering maneuvers. be injured by an electrical shock if
O Do not use cruise control on slip- you use an ungrounded connection.
pery roads.
O Snow can trap dangerous exhaust
gases under your vehicle. Keep
snow clear of the exhaust pipe
and from around your vehicle.
5-24
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
6 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
Roadside assistance program ..................... 6-2 If your vehicle overheats........................... 6-10

Flat tire ........................................................ 6-2 Towing your vehicle .................................. 6-11
Changing a flat tire ................................ 6-2 Towing recommended by INFINITI ...... 6-12
Jump starting .............................................. 6-7 Vehicle recovery (Freeing a stuck
Push starting ............................................... 6-9 vehicle) ................................................. 6-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE FLAT TIRE and clear of the vehicle.

PROGRAM CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year, WARNING
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan.
below. O Make sure that the parking brake
In the event of a roadside emergency, Road-
side Assistance Service is available to you. Stopping the vehicle is securely applied and the
Please refer to your Warranty Information manual transmission is shifted
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away
Booklet for details. Both the Warranty Infor- into R (Reverse), or the automatic
from traffic.
mation Booklet and Roadside Assistance Call- transmission into P (Park).
ing Card in your Owner’s Literature Portfolio 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
O Never change tires when the ve-
provide the Toll-Free Number to call for 3. Park on a level surface and apply the hicle is on a slope, ice or slippery
assistance. Roadside Assistance is provided parking brake. Shift the manual transmis- areas. This is hazardous.
24 hours a day, 365 days a year, for four years sion into the R (Reverse) position (auto-
from the date sold to give emergency roadside O Never change tires if oncoming
matic transmission in the P (Park) posi-
help, in the event of mechanical or nonme- traffic is close to your vehicle.
tion).
chanical trouble(s) such as flat tires, Wait for professional road
out-of-gas, dead battery, lost keys mechanical 4. Turn off the engine. assistance.
breakdown, accident, etc. 5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to
signal professional road assistance per-
sonnel that you need assistance.
6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
and stand in a safe place, away from traffic
6-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Blocking wheels
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the ve-
hicle may move and could cause per-
sonal injury.
Getting the spare tire and tools
ICE001
Place suitable blocks at both the front and

back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat
SIE0047 SIE0056
tire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it
is jacked up. Remove jacking tools and spare tire from the
storage area located inside the trunk as
illustrated.
6-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Jacking up the vehicle and re-
moving the damaged tire
SIE0001
1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up The jack should be used on level firm
SIE0006 point as illustrated above so that top of the ground.
jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up
Carefully read the caution label at- 2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by
point. Align the jack head between the two
tached to the jack body and the following turning counterclockwise with the wheel
notches in the front or the rear as shown.
instructions. Also fit the groove of the jack head nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel
between the notches as shown. nuts until the tire is off the ground.
3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire
clears the ground. To lift the vehicle,
securely hold the jack lever and rod with
both hands as shown above. Remove the
wheel nuts, and then remove the tire.
6-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
The spare tire is designed for emer-
O Do not start or run engine while gency use. See specific instructions un-
WARNING vehicle is on the jack, as it may der the heading “Wheels and tires” in
cause the vehicle to move. This is the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
O Never get under the vehicle while especially true for vehicle with section of this manual.
it is supported only by the jack. limited slip differential carrier.
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface
O Use only the jack provided with O Do not allow passengers to stay between the wheel and hub.
your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do in the vehicle while it is on the
not use the jack provided with jack. 2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten
your vehicle on other vehicles. the wheel nuts finger tight.
The jack is designed only for lift- Installing the spare tire 3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel
ing your vehicle during a tire nuts alternately and evenly until they are
change. tight.
O Use the correct jack up points; 4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire
never use any other part of the touches the ground. Then, with the wheel
vehicle for jack support. nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts se-
O Never jack up the vehicle more curely in the sequence illustrated (j1 ,
than necessary. j2 , j3 , j 4 , j5 ). Lower the vehicle
completely.
O Never use blocks on or under the
ICE006M
jack.
6-5
Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened
to specification at all times. It is recom-
WARNING mended that wheel nuts be tightened to
specifications at each lubrication inter-
O Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
val.
tightened wheel nuts can cause
the wheel to become loose or Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-
come off. This could cause an ac- sure.
cident.
COLD pressure: After vehicle has been
SIE0007
O Do not use oil or grease on the parked for three hours or more or driven
wheel studs or nuts. This could less than 1 mile (1.6 km). 5. Securely store the flat tire and jacking
cause the nuts to become loose. equipment in the vehicle.
COLD tire pressures are shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label af- 6. Place the spare tire cover and the trunk
Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve- fixed to the driver side center pillar.
floor carpeting over the damaged tire.
hicle has been driven for 600 miles
(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, 7. Close the trunk.
etc.). As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque with
a torque wrench.
WARNING
Wheel nut tightening torque: O Always make sure that the spare
tire and jacking equipment are
80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)
6-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
properly secured after use. Such O Keep battery out of the reach of
items can become dangerous pro- WARNING children.
jectiles in an accident or sudden
O If done incorrectly, jump starting O The booster battery must be rated
stop.
can lead to a battery explosion, re- at 12 volts. Use of an improperly
O The spare tire is designed for sulting in severe injury or death. It rated battery can damage your
emergency use. See specific in- could also damage your vehicle. vehicle.
structions under the heading
O Explosive hydrogen gas is always O Whenever working on or near a
“Wheels and tires” in the “8.
present in the vicinity of the bat- battery, always wear suitable eye
Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
tery. Keep all sparks and flames protectors (For example, goggles
section of this manual.
away from the battery. or industrial safety spectacles)
and remove rings, metal bands,
If needed, Roadside Assistance is available. O Do not allow battery fluid to come or any other jewelry. Do not lean
Please see your Warranty Information Booklet into contact with eyes, skin, cloth over the battery when jump start-
or Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for the or painted surfaces. Battery fluid ing.
toll-free number to call. is a corrosive sulphuric acid so-
lution which can cause severe O Do not attempt to jump start a
JUMP STARTING burns. If the fluid should come frozen battery. It could explode
into contact with anything, imme- and cause serious injury.
To start your engine with a booster battery,
the instructions and precautions below must diately flush the contacted area O Your vehicle has an automatic
with water. engine cooling fan. It could come
be followed.
6-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
on at any time. Keep hands and

other objects away from it.
If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.

Please see your Warranty Information Booklet
or Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for the
toll-free number to call.
SIE0034
cause personal injury.

WARNING
Always follow the instructions below. 1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,
Failure to do so could result in dam- position the two vehicles to bring their
age to the charging system and batteries into close proximity to each
other.
6-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Do not allow the two vehicles to 7. After starting your engine, carefully dis-
touch. battery). connect the negative cable and then the
2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift lever O Make sure that cables do not positive cable.
to the N (Neutral) position (On automatic touch moving parts in the engine 8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be
compartment and that clamps do
transmission models, move the selector sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover
not contact any other metal.
lever to the P (Park) position). Switch off the vent holes as it may be contaminated
all unnecessary electrical systems (light, with corrosive acid.
heater, air conditioner, etc.). 5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and let
it run for a few minutes. PUSH STARTING
3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so
Do not start the engine by pushing.
equipped). Cover the battery with an old 6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle
cloth to reduce explosion hazard. at about 2,000 rpm, and start your engine
4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as
in the normal manner. CAUTION
illustrated.
CAUTION O Automatic transmission models
cannot be push started. This may
CAUTION Do not keep starter motor engaged cause transmission damage.
for more than 10 seconds. If the en- O Three way catalyst equipped
O Always connect positive (+) to gine does not start right away, turn models should not be started by
positive (+) and negative (−) to the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds be- pushing since the three way cata-
body ground (For example, strut fore trying again. lyst may be damaged.
mounting bolt, etc. — not to the
6-9
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
all the windows, move the heater or air
O Never try to start the vehicle by O To avoid the danger of being conditioner temperature control to maxi-
towing it; when the engine starts, scalded, never remove the radia- mum hot and fan control to high speed.
the forward surge could cause the tor cap while the engine is still
vehicle to collide with the tow hot. When the radiator cap is 3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for
vehicle. removed, pressurized hot water steam or coolant escaping from the radia-
will spurt out, possibly causing tor before opening the hood. Wait until no
serious injury. steam or coolant can be seen before
If needed Roadside Assistance is available.
proceeding.
Please see your Warranty Information Booklet O Do not open the hood if steam is
or Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for the coming out. 4. Open the engine hood.
toll-free number to call.
IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER- If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an WARNING
HEATS extremely high temperature gauge reading), or
if you feel a lack of engine power, detect If steam or water is coming from the
abnormal noise, etc., take the following steps: engine, stand clear to prevent getting
WARNING burned.
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply
O Do not continue to drive if your ve- the parking brake and move the shift lever
to the N (Neutral) position (automatic 5. Visually check if the cooling fan is run-
hicle overheats. Doing so could
transmission to the P (Park) position). ning. The radiator hoses and radiator
cause a vehicle fire.
should not leak water. If coolant is leaking
Do not stop the engine. or the cooling fan does not run, stop the
2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Open engine.
6-10
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

WARNING When towing your vehicle, all State (Provin- CAUTION
cial in Canada) and local regulations for
O Be careful not to allow your hands, towing must be followed. Incorrect towing O When towing, make sure that the
hair, jewelry or clothing to come equipment could damage your vehicle. Tow- transmission, axles, steering sys-
into contact with, or to get caught ing instructions are available from an INFINITI tem and powertrain are in working
in the cooling fan, or drive belt. dealer. Local service operators are generally condition. If any unit is damaged,
dollies must be used.
O The engine cooling fan can start familiar with the applicable laws and proce-
at any time when the coolant dures for towing. To assure proper towing and O Always attach safety chains be-
temperature is high. to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, fore towing.
INFINITI recommends having a service opera-
6. After the engine cools down, check the tor tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the For information about towing your vehicle
coolant level in the reservoir tank with the service operator carefully read the following behind a recreational vehicle (RV), refer to
engine running. Add coolant to the reser- precautions: “Flat towing” in the “9. Technical and con-
voir tank if necessary. Have your vehicle sumer information” section of this manual.
repaired at the nearest INFINITI dealer.
WARNING If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.
If needed, Roadside Assistance is available. Please see your Warranty Information Booklet
Please see your Warranty Information Booklet O Never ride in a vehicle that is be- or Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for the
or Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for the ing towed. toll-free number to call.
toll-free number to call. O Never get under your vehicle after For Canada models, Warranty & Roadside
it has been lifted by a tow truck. assistance Information booklet.
6-11
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY towed with the driving (front) wheels off the
INFINITI ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck O Turn the ignition key to the
as illustrated. OFF position, and secure the
steering wheel in a straight
ahead position with a rope or
CAUTION similar device. Never secure
the steering wheel by turning
O Never tow automatic transmission the ignition key to the LOCK
models with the front wheels on position. This may damage
the ground or four wheels on the the steering lock mechanism.
ground (forward or backward), as
O Move the shift lever to the N
this may cause serious and expen-
(Neutral) position.
sive damage to the transmission.
If it is necessary to tow the vehicle O When towing automatic or
with the rear wheels raised, al- manual transmission models with
ways use towing dollies under the the rear wheels on the ground (if
front wheels. you do not use towing dollies):
Always release the parking brake.
O When towing automatic transmis-
sion models with the front wheels
on towing dollies, or when towing
SIE0036
manual transmission models with
the front wheels on the ground:
INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be
6-12
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing a
stuck vehicle) damaged.
O Use the towing hook only to free a
vehicle stuck in sand, snow,
WARNING mud, etc. Never tow a vehicle for
a long distance using only the tow
O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.
hook.
O Do not spin your tires at high O The towing hook is under tremen-
speed. This could cause them to dous force when used to free a
explode and result in serious in- stuck vehicle. Always pull the
jury. Parts of your vehicle could cable straight out from the front of
also overheat and be damaged. the vehicle. Never pull on the
vehicle at an angle.
CAUTION O Pulling devices should be routed
so they do not touch any part of
O Tow chains or cables must be at- the suspension, steering, brake
tached only to the main structural or cooling systems.
members of the vehicle.
SIE0035 O Pulling devices such as ropes or
O Use the towing hook only, not canvas straps are not recom-
other parts of the vehicle. Other- mended for use in vehicle towing
wise, the vehicle body will be or recovery.
6-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
7 APPEARANCE AND CARE
Cleaning exterior.......................................... 7-2 Floor mats .............................................. 7-5

Washing.................................................. 7-2 Seat belts ............................................... 7-5
Waxing.................................................... 7-3 Corrosion protection.................................... 7-6
Removing spots ..................................... 7-3 Most common factors contributing to ve-
Underbody .............................................. 7-3 hicle corrosion........................................ 7-6
Glass....................................................... 7-3 Environmental factors influence the rate of
Aluminum alloy wheels .......................... 7-4 corrosion ................................................ 7-6
Chrome parts ......................................... 7-4 To protect your vehicle from
Cleaning interior .......................................... 7-4 corrosion ................................................ 7-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
APPEARANCE AND CARE
CLEANING EXTERIOR Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-

face when putting on or removing the
In order to maintain the appearance of your CAUTION
body cover.
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of
it. WASHING O Do not use strong household soap,
strong chemical detergents, gaso-
To protect the paint surface, wash your Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehicle line or solvents.
vehicle as soon as you can: with a wet sponge and plenty of clean water.
Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild O Do not wash the vehicle in direct
O After a rainfall to prevent possible damage sunlight or while the vehicle body
soap such as NISSAN Car Wash, or a general
from acid rain is hot, as the surface may be-
purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,
O After driving on coastal roads lukewarm (never hot) water. Rinse the vehicle come water-spotted.
O When things such as soot, bird droppings, again with plenty of clean water. O Avoid using tight-napped or rough
tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the cloths, such as washing mitts.
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,
Care must be taken when remov-
paint surface hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable
ing caked-on dirt or other foreign
to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these
O When dust or mud builds up on the substances so that the paint sur-
areas must be regularly cleaned. Make sure
surface face is not scratched or damaged.
that the drain holes in the lower edge of the
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle door are open. Spray water under the body
inside a garage or in a covered area. and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and
wash away road salt.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in
a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface
cover. by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.
7-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
APPEARANCE AND CARE
WAXING REMOVING SPOTS GLASS
If you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a wax Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,
specified for use over clear coats, such as insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible
NISSAN Liquid or Spray Wax, because your from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage
INFINITI has been finished with the finest paint or staining. Special cleaning products are
and hard clear coats. Your INFINITI dealer can available at your INFINITI dealer or automotive
assist you in choosing the proper product. accessory stores.
O Wax your vehicle only after a thorough UNDERBODY
washing. Follow the instructions supplied
In areas where road salt is used in winter, the
with the wax. SIA0010
underbody must be cleaned regularly. This
O Do not use a wax containing any abra- will prevent dirt and salt from building up and Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust
sives, cutting compounds or cleaners that causing underbody and suspension corrosion. film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for
may damage the vehicle finish. Before the winter period and again in the glass to become coated with a film after the
spring, the underseal must be checked and, if
O If the surface does not polish easily, use a vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner
necessary, re-treated. and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.
road tar remover and wax again.
Machine compounding or aggressive
polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint
finish may dull the finish or leave swirl
marks.
7-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
APPEARANCE AND CARE
interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a more difficult stains or soiled surfaces. See
vacuum cleaner or soft brush. your INFINITI dealer for assistance in choos-
CAUTION ing the proper product.
When interior trim or seats are stained, clean
When cleaning the inside of the win- immediately as follows:
dow, do not use sharp-edged tools, O wipe clean using a clean, soft damp cloth
CAUTION
abrasive cleaners or chlorine based and a neutral detergent. Wipe off all traces
disinfectant cleaners. They could O Never use benzine, thinner, or any
of the detergent with another clean soft similar solvents.
damage the electrical conductors, damp cloth, finishing with a soft dry cloth.
radio antenna elements or rear win- O The leather seats should be regu-
dow defogger elements. O if the above method does not remove the larly coated with a leather wax
stains, etc., rub the affected area using a like saddle soap. Never use car
soft wet brush and a neutral detergent. wax.
ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wipe off all traces of the detergent with a
Wash regularly, especially during winter clean soft damp cloth, finishing with a soft O Never use fabric protectors un-
months in areas where road salt is used. Salt dry cloth. less recommended by the manu-
could discolor the wheel if not removed. facturer.
Before using any fabric protector, read the
CHROME PARTS manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric O Do not use glass or plastic
protectors contain chemicals that may stain or cleaner on meter or gauge lens
Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- covers. It may damage the lens
bleach the seat material. Use a cloth damp-
abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish. cover.
ened only with water, to clean the meter and
CLEANING INTERIOR gauge lens.
Occasionally remove loose dust from the INFINITI offers vinyl and leather cleaner for
7-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
APPEARANCE AND CARE
FLOOR MATS Floor mat positioning aid (Driver mats are properly positioned.
The use of genuine floor mats can extend the side only) SEAT BELTS
life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them
clean the interior.
with a sponge dampened in a mild soap
No matter what mats are used, be sure solution. Allow the belts to dry completely
they are fitted for your vehicle and are before using them.
properly positioned in the footwell to
prevent interference with pedal opera- WARNING
tion.
Do not allow wet belts to roll up in the
Mats should be maintained with regular clean-
SIA0004 retractor. Never use bleach, dye, or
ing and replaced if they become excessively
chemical solvents since these may
worn. Your INFINITI model includes a front floor mat severely weaken the seat belt
bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid. webbing.
INFINITI floor mats have been specially de-
signed for your vehicle model. The driver’s
side floor mat has a grommet hole incorpo-
rated in it. Simply position the mat by placing
the floor mat bracket through the floor mat
grommet hole while centering the mat in the
floorpan contour.
Periodically check to make certain that the
7-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
APPEARANCE AND CARE
CORROSION PROTECTION Relative humidity TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high FROM CORROSION
MOST COMMON FACTORS
CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE relative humidity, especially those areas where O Wash your vehicle often to keep the
CORROSION the temperatures stay above freezing where vehicle clean.
atmospheric pollution exists, or where road
O The accumulation of moisture-retaining salt is used. O Always check for minor damage to the
dirt and debris in body panel sections, paint and repair it as soon as possible.
cavities, and other areas. Temperature
O Keep drain holes at the bottom of the
O Damage to paint and other protective A temperature increase will accelerate the rate doors open to avoid water accumulation.
of corrosion to those parts which are not well
coatings caused by gravel and stone chips O Check the underbody for accumulation of
ventilated.
or minor traffic accidents. sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with
Air pollution water as soon as possible.
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
INFLUENCE THE RATE OF COR- Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the
ROSION air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will
accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt
CAUTION
Moisture will also accelerate the disintegration of paint
O Never remove dirt, sand or other
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the surfaces.
debris from the passenger com-
vehicle body underside can accelerate corro-
partment by washing it out with a
sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-
hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum
pletely inside the vehicle, and should be
cleaner or broom.
removed for drying to avoid floor panel
corrosion.
7-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
APPEARANCE AND CARE
O Never allow water or other liquids

to come in contact with electronic
components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
O See your INFINITI dealer for assis-
tance.
Chemicals used for road surface de-icing are

extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion
and deterioration of underbody components
such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake
lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be
cleaned periodically.
For additional protection against rust and
corrosion, which may be required in some
areas, consult your local INFINITI dealer.
7-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
8 MAINTENANCE AND DO-IT -YOURSELF
General maintenance ................................... 8-2 Air cleaner.................................................. 8-20

Explanation of general maintenance Windshield wiper blades............................ 8-20
items....................................................... 8-3 Cleaning................................................ 8-20
Maintenance precautions............................. 8-5 Replacing.............................................. 8-21
Engine compartment check locations ......... 8-8 Parking brake and brake pedal.................. 8-22
Engine cooling system ................................ 8-9 Checking parking brake........................ 8-22
Checking engine coolant level................ 8-9 Checking brake pedal ........................... 8-22
Changing engine coolant...................... 8-10 Brake booster ....................................... 8-23
Engine oil................................................... 8-11
Fuses.......................................................... 8-23
Checking engine oil level...................... 8-11
Engine compartment ............................ 8-24
Changing engine oil.............................. 8-12
Changing engine oil filter..................... 8-14 Passenger compartment ...................... 8-25
Automatic transmission fluid .................... 8-14 Keyfob battery replacement ....................... 8-25
Temperature conditions for Lights......................................................... 8-27
checking ............................................... 8-15 Headlights............................................. 8-28
Power steering fluid .................................. 8-16 Exterior and interior lights ................... 8-30
Brake fluid.................................................. 8-16 Wheels and tires........................................ 8-36
Window washer fluid................................. 8-17 Tire pressure ........................................ 8-36
Battery ....................................................... 8-17 Tire labeling.......................................... 8-38
Drive belts ................................................. 8-19 Types of tires ....................................... 8-40
Spark plugs ............................................... 8-19 Tire chains............................................ 8-41
Replacing spark plugs.......................... 8-19 Changing wheels and tires................... 8-41
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
MAINTENANCE AND DO-IT -YOURSELF
Your new INFINITI has been designed to have nance is performed on your INFINITI at regular INFINITI technicians are well-trained special-
minimum maintenance requirements with intervals. ists and are kept up to date with the latest
longer service intervals to save you both time service information through technical bulle-
General maintenance:
and money. However, some day-to-day and tins, service tips, and in-dealership training
regular maintenance is essential to maintain General maintenance includes those items programs. They are completely qualified to
your INFINITI’s good mechanical condition, as which should be checked during normal work on INFINITI’s vehicles before they work
well as its emission and engine performance. day-to-day operation. They are essential for on your vehicle, rather than after they have
proper vehicle operation. It is your responsi- worked on it.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure
bility to perform these procedures regularly as
that the specified maintenance, as well as You can be confident that your INFINITI
prescribed.
general maintenance, is performed. dealer’s service department performs the best
Performing general maintenance checks re- job to meet the maintenance requirements on
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one
quires minimal mechanical skill and only a your vehicle — in a reliable and economic
who can ensure that your vehicle receives the
few general automotive tools. way.
proper maintenance care. You are a vital link
in the maintenance chain. These checks or inspections can be done by GENERAL MAINTENANCE
yourself, a qualified technician or, if you
Scheduled maintenance: prefer, your INFINITI dealer. During the normal day-to-day operation of the
For your convenience, both required and vehicle, general maintenance should be per-
Where to go for service: formed regularly as prescribed in this section.
optional scheduled maintenance items are
described and listed in your “INFINITI Service If maintenance service is required or your If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations
and Maintenance Guide”. You must refer to vehicle appears to malfunction, have the or smell, be sure to check for the cause or
that guide to ensure that necessary mainte- systems checked and tuned by an INFINITI have your INFINITI dealer do it promptly. In
dealer. addition, you should notify your INFINITI
8-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
dealer if you think that repairs are required. When driving in areas using road salt or other on a straight and level road, or if you detect
corrosive materials, check lubrication fre- uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a
When performing any checks or maintenance
quently. need for wheel alignment.
work, closely observe the “Maintenance pre-
cautions” later in this section. Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular ba- If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal
sis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, highway speeds, wheel balancing may be
EXPLANATION OF GENERAL tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights needed.
MAINTENANCE ITEMS are all operating properly and installed se-
curely. Also check headlight aim. O For additional information regarding tires,
Additional information on the following
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
items with “*” is found later in this sec- Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check- (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)
tion. ing the tires, make sure no nuts are missing, in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-
Outside the vehicle and check for any loose nuts. Tighten if nec-
let.
essary.
The maintenance items listed here should be Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regu-
performed from time to time, unless otherwise Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often
lar basis. Check the windshield at least every
specified. and always prior to long distance trips. If nec-
six months for cracks or other damage. Have
essary, adjust the pressure in all tires, includ-
Doors and engine hood: Check that all a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified
ing the spare, to the pressure specified. Check
doors and the engine hood operate smoothly, repair facility.
carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.
as well as the trunk lid or back hatch. Also Windshield wiper blades*: Check for
Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every
make sure that all latches lock securely. Lubri- cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.
7,500 miles (12,000 km).
cate if necessary. Make sure that the secondary
latch keeps the hood from opening when the Tire wheel alignment and balance: If the Inside the vehicle
primary latch is released. vehicle should pull to either side while driving The maintenance items listed here should be
8-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
checked on a regular basis, such as when held securely on a fairly steep hill when only Windshield defroster: Check that the air
performing periodic maintenance, cleaning the the parking brake is applied. comes out of the defroster outlets properly and
vehicle, etc. in good quantity when operating the heater or
Seats: Check seat position controls such as
air conditioner.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure
smooth operation and make sure the pedal they operate smoothly and that all latches lock Windshield wiper and washer*: Check
does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep securely in every position. Check that the head that the wipers and washer operate properly
the floor mats away from the pedal. restraints move up and down smoothly and that and that the wipers do not streak.
Automatic transaxle P (Park) position the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all Under the hood and vehicle
mechanism: On a fairly steep hill check that latched positions.
The maintenance items listed here should be
the vehicle is held securely with the selector Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt checked periodically (For example, each time
lever in the P (Park) position without applying
system (For example, buckles, anchors, ad- you check the engine oil or refuel).
any brakes.
justers and retractors) operate properly and
Automatic transaxle fluid level*: Check
Brake pedal*: Check the pedal for smooth smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the
the level on the dipstick after putting the se-
operation and make sure it has the proper dis- belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
lector lever in the P (Park) position with the en-
tance under it when depressed fully. Check the
Steering wheel: Check that it has the speci- gine idling.
brake booster function. Be sure to keep floor
fied play. Be sure to check for changes in the
mats away from the pedal. Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. It
steering conditions, such as excessive free
should be between the MAX and MIN lines.
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the play, hard steering or strange noises.
vehicle to one side when applied.
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that
Parking brake*: Check that the lever has the all warning lights and chimes are operating
proper travel and make sure that the vehicle is properly.
8-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, lines and around the exhaust system. At the
under severe conditions require frequent oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle end of winter, the underbody should be thor-
checks of the battery fluid level. has been parked for a while. Water dripping oughly flushed with plain water, being careful
from the air conditioner after use is normal. If to clean those areas where mud and dirt may
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake
you should notice any leaks or if gasoline accumulate. For additional information, see
fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines
fumes are evident, check for the cause and have “Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance and
on the reservoir.
it corrected immediately. care” section.
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant
Power steering fluid level* and lines: Windshield washer fluid*: Check that
level when the engine is cold.
Check the level in the reservoir tank with the there is adequate fluid in the tank.
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt
engine off. Check the lines for proper attach- MAINTENANCE PRECAU-
is frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
ment, leaks, cracks, etc. TIONS
Engine oil level*: Check the level on the
dipstick after parking the vehicle on a level spot Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the When performing any inspection or mainte-
and turning off the engine. radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, nance work on your vehicle, always take care
etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself
Exhaust system: Make sure there are no hoses have no cracks, deformation, deteriora- or damage to the vehicle. The following are
loose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound tion or loose connections. general precautions which should be closely
of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a observed.
smell of exhaust fumes, immediately locate the Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-
cause and correct it. (See “Precautions when posed to corrosive substances such as those
starting and driving” in the “5. Starting and used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very
driving” section for exhaust gas (carbon mon- important to remove these substances, other-
oxide).) wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel
8-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
engine is not running. To avoid be sure there is proper ventilation

WARNING injury, always disconnect the for exhaust gases to escape.
negative battery cable before
O Park the vehicle on a level sur- O Never get under the vehicle while
working near the fan.
face, apply the parking brake se- it is supported only by a jack. If it
curely and block the wheels to pre- O If you must work with the engine is necessary to work under the
vent the vehicle from moving. For running, keep your hands, cloth- vehicle, support it with safety
a manual transmission, move the ing, hair and tools away from stands.
moving fans, belts and any other
shift lever to N (Neutral). For an O Keep smoking materials, flame
automatic transmission, move the moving parts.
and sparks away from fuel and
selector lever to P (Park). O It is advisable to secure or re- the battery.
O Be sure the ignition key is in the move any loose clothing and any
O On gasoline engine models with
OFF or LOCK position when per- jewelry, such as rings, watches,
the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
forming any parts replacement or etc. before working on your ve-
System, the fuel filter or fuel lines
repairs. hicle.
should be serviced by an INFINITI
O Your vehicle is equipped with an O Always wear eye protection dealer because the fuel lines are
automatic engine cooling fan. It whenever you work on your ve- under high pressure even when
may come on at any time without hicle. the engine is off.
warning, even if the ignition key O If you must run the engine in an
is in the OFF position and the enclosed space such as a garage,
8-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ways conform to local regulations

CAUTION for disposal of vehicle fluids.
O Do not work under the hood while

the engine is hot. Turn off the en- This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-
gine and wait until it cools down. tion gives instructions regarding only those
items which are relatively easy for an owner to
O Never connect or disconnect ei- perform.
ther the battery or any transistor-
ized component connector while A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also
the ignition key is on. available. See “Owner’s Manual/Service
Manual order information” in the “9. Techni-
O Never leave the engine or the cal and consumer information” section.
automatic transmission related
component harness connector You should be aware that incomplete or
disconnected while the ignition improper servicing may result in operating
key is on. difficulties or excessive emissions, and could
affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt
O Avoid direct contact with used about any servicing, have it done by
engine oil and coolant. Improp- your INFINITI dealer.
erly disposed engine oil, engine
coolant, and/or other vehicle flu-
ids can hurt the environment. Al-
8-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS
SID0251
8-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT

O See “If your vehicle overheats” in LEVEL
The engine cooling system is filled at the the “6. In case of emergency”
factory with a high-quality, year-round, anti- section.
freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solu-
tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors, CAUTION
therefore additional cooling system additives
are not necessary. When adding or replacing coolant, be
sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN
WARNING Long Life Anti-Freeze Coolant or
equivalent with the proper mixture
O Never remove the radiator cap ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% SID0179
when the engine is hot. Serious demineralized water/distilled water.
burns could be caused by high The use of other types of coolant so- Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank
pressure fluid escaping from the lutions may damage your engine when the engine is cold. If the coolant level is
radiator. Wait until the engine and cooling system. below MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level.
radiator cool down. If the reservoir tank is empty, check the
coolant level in the radiator when the en-
O The radiator is equipped with a Outside temperature
Deminer-
gine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in
pressure cap. To prevent engine alized
down to Anti- the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to
water/
damage, use only a genuine freeze
distilled the filler opening and also add it to the
NISSAN radiator cap. °C °F
water reservoir tank up to the MAX level.
−35 −30 50% 50%
If the cooling system frequently requires
8-9
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
coolant, have it checked by your INFINITI CHANGING ENGINE COOL- performed by your INFINITI dealer. The
dealer. ANT service procedures can be found in the
appropriate INFINITI Service Manual.
O Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance and engine overheat-
ing.
WARNING
O To avoid being scalded, never
change the coolant when the en-
gine is hot.
O Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the
radiator.
O Avoid direct skin contact with
SID0019
used coolant. If skin contact is
made, wash thoroughly with soap
O Major cooling system repairs should be
8-10
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O Be careful not to allow coolant to con- MAX level. Check the drain valve for any
or hand cleaner as soon as pos- tact drive belts. sign of leakage.
sible. O Waste coolant must be disposed of
7. Recheck the coolant level after the vehicle
O Keep coolant out of reach of chil- properly. Check your local regula-
has been driven for a day.
dren and pets. tions.
O Anti-freeze is poisonous and 3. Close the radiator drain valve securely
ENGINE OIL
should be stored carefully in after the coolant is drained. CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL
marked containers out of the
4. Fill the radiator slowly with the proper
reach of children.
mixture of anti-freeze solution and dem-
ineralized water/distilled water. Fill the
1. Perform the following procedure to open reservoir tank up to the MAX level. Then
the heater water cock. install the radiator filler cap.
O Turn the ignition key from OFF to 5. Start the engine and warm it up until it
ON. reaches normal operating temperature.
O Move the heater or air conditioner Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under no
temperature control dial to the maxi- load. SID0021
mum hot position then turn the igni- Watch the engine coolant temperature
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
tion key to OFF . gauge for signs of overheating.
apply parking brake.
2. Open radiator drain valve at the bottom of 6. Stop the engine. After it completely cools
down, refill the radiator up to the filler 2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
radiator, and remove radiator filler cap.
opening. Fill the reservoir tank up to the temperature.
8-11
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10 6. Recheck oil level with dipstick. CHANGING ENGINE OIL
minutes for the oil to drain back into It is normal to add some oil between oil
the oil pan. maintenance intervals or during the
break-in period, depending on the se-
verity of operating conditions.
CAUTION
Oil level should be checked regu-
larly. Operating with insufficient
amount of oil can damage the en- SID0181
gine, and such damage is not cov-
SID0124 ered by warranty. Change the engine oil and filter according to
the maintenance log shown in the Service and
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Maintenance Guide.
Reinsert it all the way.
Vehicle set-up
5. Remove the dipstick again and check the
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and
oil level. It should be between the H and L
apply the parking brake.
marks. If the oil level is below the L mark,
remove the oil filler cap and pour recom- 2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
mended oil through the opening. Do not temperature.
overfill.
8-12
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 new washer. Securely tighten the drain 10.Turn the engine off and wait more than 10
minutes. plug with a wrench. minutes. Check the oil level with the
dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.
4. Place a large drain pan under the drain Drain plug tightening torque:
plug. 11.Dispose waste oil properly.
22 to 29 ft-lb
5. Remove the oil filler cap. (29 to 39 Nzm)
WARNING
6. Remove the drain plug with a wrench and Do not use excessive force.
completely drain the oil. 8. Refill engine with recommended oil and O Prolonged and repeated contact
If oil filter is to be changed, remove and install the cap securely. with used engine oil may cause
replace it at this time. See later in “Engine skin cancer.
See “Capacities and recommended
oil” for changing engine oil filter. fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and O Try to avoid direct skin contact
consumer information” section for drain with used oil. If skin contact is
CAUTION and refill capacity. made, wash thoroughly with soap
or hand cleaner as soon as pos-
The drain and refill capacity depends on
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the sible.
the oil temperature and drain time. Use
engine oil is hot. these specifications for reference only. O Keep used engine oil out of reach
Always use the dipstick to determine the of children.
O Waste oil must be disposed of prop- proper amount of oil in the engine.
erly. 9. Start the engine.
O Check your local regulations. Check for leakage around the drain plug.
7. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a Correct as required.
8-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
CHANGING ENGINE OIL FIL- 7. Start the engine and check for leakage
TER CAUTION around the oil filter. Correct as required.
8. Turn the engine off and wait several
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the minutes. Check the oil level. Add engine
engine oil may be hot. oil if necessary.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS-
4. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface SION FLUID
with a clean rag.
Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket WARNING
remaining on the mounting surface of the
SID0182
engine. O When engine is running, keep
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and 5. Coat the rubber gasket on the new filter hands, jewelry and clothing away
apply the parking brake. with clean engine oil. from any moving parts such as
2. Turn the engine off. cooling fan and drive belt.
6. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resis-
tance is felt, then tighten additionally more O Automatic transmission fluid is
3. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter
than 2/3 turn. poisonous and should be stored
wrench. (Depending on the engine model,
carefully in marked containers
a special cap type wrench may be re- Oil filter tightening torque: out of the reach of children.
quired. See your INFINITI dealer if in
doubt.) Remove the oil filter by turning it 10.85 to 15.19 ft-lb
by hand. (14.7 to 20.6 Nzm)
8-14
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS
FOR CHECKING
O The fluid level should be checked using
the HOT range on the dipstick after the
following conditions have been met:
a) the engine should be warmed up to
operating temperature.
b) the vehicle should be driven at least 5 SID0252 SID0248
minutes.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and set 3. Check the fluid level with the engine
c) the automatic transmission fluid the parking brake. idling.
should be warmed to between 122
2. Start the engine and then move the selec- 4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean with
and 176°F (50 and 80°C). lint-free paper.
tor lever through each gear range. Move
O The fluid can be checked at fluid tempera- the selector lever to the P (Park) position 5. Reinsert the dipstick into the charging pipe
tures of 86 to 122°F (30 to 50°C) using after you have moved it through all ranges. as far as it will go.
the COLD range on the dipstick after the
engine is warmed up and before driving. 6. Remove the dipstick and note the reading.
However, the fluid should be re-checked If the level is at the low side of either
range, add fluid to the charging pipe.
using the HOT range.
8-15
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
be read. You should wait until the fluid
has cooled down (about 30 minutes).
CAUTION CAUTION
POWER STEERING FLUID
O Do not overfill. O Do not overfill.
O Use only Nissan Matic D (Conti- O Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or
nental US and Alaska) or Canada equivalent.
NISSAN automatic transmission
fluid. DexronTM III/MerconTM or BRAKE FLUID
equivalent may also be used.
Outside the continental US and
Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer
for more information regarding
SID0220A
suitable fluids, including recom-
mended brand(s) of DexronTM Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.
III/MerconTM automatic transmis-
sion fluid. The fluid level should be checked using the
HOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to
176°F (50 to 80°C) or using the COLD range
If the vehicle has been driven for a long at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to SID0183
time at high speeds, or in city traffic in 30°C). Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the
hot weather, or if it is being used to pull
fluid is below the MIN line or the brake
a trailer, the accurate fluid level cannot
warning light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN
8-16
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent WINDOW WASHER FLUID
DOT 3 (U.S. FMVSS No. 116) fluid up to the
MAX line. If fluid must be added frequently,
CAUTION
the system should be thoroughly checked by
Do not substitute engine anti-freeze
your INFINITI dealer.
coolant for window washer solution.
This may result in damage to the
WARNING paint.
Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, or

contaminated fluid may damage the
BATTERY
SID0184A
brake systems. The use of improper O Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any
fluids can damage the brake system Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning corrosion should be washed off with a
and affect the vehicle’s stopping abil- light comes on. Add a washer solvent to the solution of baking soda and water.
ity. water for better cleaning. In the winter season, O Make certain the terminal connections are
add a windshield washer anti-freeze. Follow clean and securely tightened.
CAUTION the manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture
O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days
ratio.
or longer, disconnect the (—) negative
Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-
battery terminal cable to prevent discharg-
faces. This will damage the paint. If
ing it.
fluid is spilled, wash with water.
8-17
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
indicator in each filler opening. Do not
O Battery posts, terminals and re- overfill.
WARNING lated accessories contain lead
and lead compounds. Wash 1. Remove the cell plugs.
O Do not expose the battery to hands after handling. 2. Add distilled water up to the MAX. level.
flames or electrical sparks. Hy-
drogen gas generated by battery O Keep the battery out of the reach 3. Tighten cell plugs.
action is explosive. Do not allow of children.
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or
battery fluid to contact your skin, under severe conditions require frequent
eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. checks of the battery fluid level.
After touching a battery or battery
cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump
Thoroughly wash your hands. If starting” in the “6. In case of emergency”
the acid contacts your eyes, skin section. If the engine does not start by jump
or clothing, immediately flush starting, the battery may have to be replaced.
with water for at least 15 minutes Contact your INFINITI dealer.
and seek medical attention.
O When working on or near a bat- IDI096
tery, always wear suitable eye
protection and remove all Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be
jewelry. between the MAX. and MIN. lines.
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only
distilled water to bring the level to the
8-18
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
DRIVE BELTS tion or loose, have it replaced or adjusted REPLACING SPARK PLUGS
by your INFINITI dealer.
Platinum-tipped spark plugs
2. Have the belts checked regularly for con-
dition and tension in accordance with the Platinum-Tipped
maintenance schedule in this manual.
SPARK PLUGS
WARNING
Blue rings
SID0031
Be sure the engine and ignition
switch are off and that the parking DI015M
brake is engaged securely.
WARNING It is not necessary to replace the platinum-
tipped spark plugs as frequently as the con-
Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF
CAUTION ventional type spark plugs since they will last
or LOCK position. The engine could much longer. Follow the maintenance sched-
Be sure to use the correct socket to
rotate unexpectedly. ule but, do not reuse them by cleaning or
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
socket can damage the spark plugs. regapping.
1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of If replacement is required, see your INFINITI
unusual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhesion dealer for servicing. Always replace with
or looseness. If the belt is in poor condi-
8-19
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
recommended platinum-tipped spark WINDSHIELD WIPER
plugs. BLADES
WARNING
AIR CLEANER
O Operating the engine with the air CAUTION
cleaner removed can cause you or
others to be burned. The air O After wiper blade replacement, re-
cleaner not only cleans the air, it turn the wiper arm to its original
stops flame if the engine back- position.
fires. If it is not there, and the en-
gine backfires, you could be O Otherwise it may be damaged
burned. Do not drive with the air when the engine hood is opened.
cleaner removed, and be careful Make sure the wiper blade con-
SID0186 working on the engine with the air tacts the glass, otherwise the arm
cleaner removed. may be damaged from wind pres-
The filter element should not be cleaned and
O Never pour fuel into the throttle sure.
reused. Replace it according to the mainte-
nance intervals. See the INFINITI Service and body or attempt to start the en- O Worn windshield wiper blades
Maintenance Guide. When replacing the filter, gine with the air cleaner re- can damage the windshield and
wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and moved. Doing so could result in impair driver vision.
the cover with a damp cloth. serious injury.
CLEANING
If your windshield is not clear after using the
8-20
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters REPLACING
when running, wax or other material may be
on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form when
rinsing with clear water.
Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-
gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If IDI021
your windshield is still not clear after cleaning
the blades and using the wiper, replace the Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
blades. 1. Pull the wiper arm.
2. Push the lock pin, then remove the wiper
blade.
3. Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper arm
until a click sounds.
8-21
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
PARKING BRAKE AND CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

BRAKE PEDAL
CHECKING PARKING BRAKE
IDI053-C
With the engine running, check the distance

IDI070MC between the upper surface of the pedal and the
SID0036
metal floor. If it is out of the range shown
From the released position, depress the park- above, see your INFINITI dealer.
If you wax the surface of the hood, be ing brake pedal slowly and firmly. If the
careful not to let wax get into the washer number of clicks is out of the range shown Self-adjusting brakes
nozzle. This may clog the nozzle and above, see your INFINITI dealer. Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting
could cause improper windshield
brakes.
washer operation. If wax gets into the
nozzle, unclog it with a needle or small The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the
pin. brake pedal is applied.
8-22
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
does not affect the function or performance of 4. Run the engine for 1 minute without
the brake system. depressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.
WARNING Depress the brake pedal several times. The
Proper brake inspection intervals
pedal travel distance will decrease gradu-
See your INFINITI dealer and have it should be followed. For additional informa-
ally with each depression as the vacuum is
checked if the brake pedal height tion, see the INFINITI Service and Maintenance released from the booster.
does not return to normal. Guide for maintenance intervals.
If the brakes do not operate properly, see your
BRAKE BOOSTER INFINITI dealer.
Brake pad wear indicators
Check the brake booster function as follows: FUSES
The disc brake pads on your vehicle have
audible wear indicators. When a brake pad 1. With the engine off, press and release the
requires replacement, it will make a high brake pedal several times. When brake CAUTION
pitched scraping or screeching sound when pedal movement (distance of travel) re-
mains the same from one pedal application Never use a fuse of higher or lower
the vehicle is in motion whether or not the
to the next, continue on to the next step. amperage rating than that specified
brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakes on the fuse box cover. This could
checked as soon as possible if the wear 2. While depressing the brake pedal, start the damage the electrical system or
indicator sound is heard. engine. The pedal height should drop a cause a fire.
Under some driving or climate conditions, little.
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other 3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop the
noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise engine. Keeping the pedal depressed for
during light to moderate stops is normal and about 30 seconds, the pedal height should
not change.
8-23
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
ENGINE COMPARTMENT 6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electri-
cal system checked and repaired by your
INFINITI dealer.
Fusible links
SID0187
If any electrical equipment does not operate,

check for an open fuse.
SID0188
1. Be sure the ignition key and headlight
switch are OFF . If the electrical equipment does not operate
and fuses are in good condition, check the
2. Open the engine hood. fusible links. If any of these fusible links are
3. Remove the fusible link cover. melted, replace only with genuine INFINITI
parts.
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.
5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new
fuse.
8-24
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACE-
MENT
SID0189
If any electrical equipment does not operate, 5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electri-
check for an open fuse. cal system checked and repaired by your
INFINITI dealer.
1. Be sure the ignition key and headlight
switch are OFF .
2. Open the fuse box lid.
3. Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the
fuse puller and pull it out.
4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new SIP0311
fuse.
8-25
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Replace the battery as follows: O The keyfob is waterproof; however, if
it does get wet, immediately wipe
1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.
completely dry.
2. Replace the battery with a new one.
O When changing batteries, do not let
Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 or
dust or oil get on the controller.
equivalent
FCC Notice:
Make sure that the ! side faces the bot-
tom case. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the manufacturer compli-
3. Close the lid securely. ance could void the user’s authority to
4. Push the keyfob button two or three times operate the equipment.
to check its operation. This device complies with Part 15 of the
See your INFINITI dealer if you need any FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry
assistance for replacement. Canada.
If the battery is removed for any reason Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not
other than replacement, perform step 4
cause harmful interference, and (2) this
above.
device must accept any interference re-
O An improperly disposed battery can ceived, including interference that may
harm the environment. Always con- cause undesired operation of the de-
firm local regulations for battery dis- vice.
posal.
8-26
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
LIGHTS
SID0253A
8-27
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
HEADLIGHTS
Replacing the xenon headlight
bulb (Low beam)
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
When xenon headlights are on, they

produce a high voltage. To prevent
an electric shock, never attempt to
modify or disassemble. Always have
your xenon headlights replaced at an SID0254
INFINITI dealer. For additional infor-
mation, see “Headlight and turn sig- bulbs. They can be replaced from inside the
nal switch” in the “2. Instruments engine compartment without removing the sealed inside the bulb. The bulb
and controls” section. headlight assembly. may break if the glass envelope is
scratched or the bulb is dropped.
Replacing the halogen headlight CAUTION O Hold the plastic base when han-
bulb (High beam) dling the bulb. Never touch the
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type O High pressure halogen gas is glass envelope.
which uses replaceable headlight (halogen)
8-28
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of
O Use the same number and watt- removal.
age as originally installed:
Aiming is not necessary after the bulb
High beam bulb 60W - HB3 has been replaced. When aiming ad-
Low beam (Xenon) See an justment is necessary, contact your
INFINITI dealer to replace the INFINITI dealer.
xenon headlights.
O Do not leave the bulb out of the
headlight reflector for a long pe-
riod of time as dust, moisture,
and smoke may enter the head-
light body and affect the per-
formance of the headlight.
1. Open the engine hood.

2. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
3. Turn the bulb connector counterclockwise,
then remove it.
4. Remove the headlight bulb. Do not shake
or rotate the bulb when removing it.
8-29
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR Replacement procedures
LIGHTS
Item Wattage Bulb No.
(W)
Turn signal 21 T20
Front parking light 5 T10
Side marker lights (Front, Rear) 3.8 T10
Front fog light See an INFINITI dealer for
Cornering light assistance.
Rear combination light
Turn signal 21 T20
Stop/Tail 21/5 T20
Back-up 18 T16
License plate light 5 T10
High-mounted stop light (1-lamp 21 T20
type)
High-mounted stop light (5-lamp 5 T10
type)
Interior light 10
Front personal light 10
Step light 2.7 161
Trunk light 3.4 158
IDI044M
Vanity mirror light 1.4
All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.
8-30
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens
and/or cover.
SID0255A
8-31
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SID0196
8-32
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SID0256
8-33
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SID0257
8-34
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SID0125 SID0199
SID0136
SID0194
8-35
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
WHEELS AND TIRES Incorrect tire pressure, including under

inflation, may adversely affect tire life components.
TIRE PRESSURE
and vehicle handling. O Before taking a long trip, or
Tire inflation pressure whenever you heavily load your
Check the tire pressures (including the spare) vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge
often and always prior to long distance trips. WARNING to ensure that the tire pressures
The recommended tire pressure specifications are at the specified level.
are shown on the Tire and Loading Informa- O Improperly inflated tires can fail
tion label under the “Recommended Cold Tire suddenly and cause an accident. O Do not drive your vehicle over 85
MPH (137 km/h) unless it is
Inflation Pressure” heading. The Tire and O The vehicle weight capacity is
Loading Information label is affixed to the equipped with high-speed rated
indicated on the Tire and Loading
driver side center pillar. Tire pressures should tires. Driving faster than 85 MPH
Information label. Do not load
be checked regularly because: (137 km/h) may result in tire mal-
your vehicle beyond this capac-
function, loss of control and pos-
O Most tires naturally lose air over time. ity. Overloading your vehicle may
sible injury.
result in reduced tire life, unsafe
O Tires can lose air suddenly when driven operating conditions due to pre- O For additional information re-
over potholes or other objects or if the mature tire malfunctions, or unfa- garding tires, refer to “Important
vehicle strikes a curb while parking. vorable handling characteristics Tire Safety Information” (US) or
The tire pressures should be check when the and could also lead to a serious “Tire Safety Information”
tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD accident. Loading beyond the (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-
after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more specified capacity may also result mation Booklet.
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at in a failure of other vehicle
moderate speeds.
8-36
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
MAINTENANCE AND DO-IT-YOURSELF
j
2 Vehicle load limit: See loading information
in the Technical and consumer information
section.
j
3 Original tire size: The size of the tires
originally installed on the vehicle at the
factory.
j
4 Recommended cold tire inflation pressure:
Inflate the tires to this pressure when the
tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD
after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or
more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6
km) at moderate speeds. The recom-
mended cold tire inflation is set by the
manufacturer to provide the best balance
of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability,
tire noise, etc., up to the vehicles GVWR.
SID0264 j
5 Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling” later in
this section.
Tire and loading information occupants that can be seated in the ve-
label hicle. 6 and j
j 7 Spare tire size or compact spare
tire size (if so equipped)
j
1 Seating capacity: The maximum number of
8-37
Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X
Checking the tire pressure including the spare. (Refer to the “Wheels j
1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)
and tires” section) P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed for
1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.
TIRE LABELING passenger vehicles.
2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto Three-digit number (215): This number
the valve stem. Do not press too hard or Federal law requires tire manufacturers to gives the width in millimeters of the tire
force the valve stem sideways, or air will place standardized information on the sidewall from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.
escape. If the hissing sound of air escap- of all tires. This information identifies and (Not all tires have this information.)
ing from the tire is heard while checking describes the fundamental characteristics of
Two-digit number (60): This number,
the pressure, reposition the gauge to the tire and also provides the tire identification
known as the aspect ratio, gives the tire’s
eliminate this leakage. number (TIN) for safety standard certification.
ratio of height to width.
The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case
3. Remove the gauge. R: The “R” stands for radial.
of a recall in case of recall.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem Two-digit number (16): This number is the
and compare it to the specification shown wheel or rim diameter in inches.
on the Tire and Loading Information label. Two- or three-digit number (94): This
number is the tire’s load index. It is a
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much measurement of how much weight each
air is added, press the core of the valve tire can support. You may not find this
stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem
information on all tires because it is not
to release pressure. Recheck the pressure
required by law.
and add or release air as needed.
H: Speed Rating. The speed rating denotes
6. Install the valve stem cap. SID0265
the speed at which a tire is designed to be
7. Check the pressure of all other tires, driven for extended periods of time. The
8-38
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
MAINTENANCE AND DO-IT-YOURSELF
ratings range from 98 miles per hour j
3 Tire ply composition and material j
7 The word “radial”
(MPH) to 186 MPH. (You may not find this The number of layers or plies of rubber- The word “radial” is shown, if the tire has
information on all tires because it is not coated fabric in the tire. radial structure.
required by law.) Tire manufacturers also must indicate the j
8 Manufacturer or Brand name
j
2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for new materials in the tire, which include steel, Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.
tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX) nylon, polyester, and others.
Other tire-related terminology
DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department of j
4 Maximum permissible inflation pressure
Transportation”. The symbol can be In addition to the many terms that are defined
This number is the greatest amount of air
placed above, below or to the left or throughout this section, Intended Outboard
pressure that should be put in the tire. Do
right of the Tire Identification Num- Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a
not exceed the maximum permissible in-
ber. whitewall, bears while lettering or bears
flation pressure.
1st two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identi- manufacturer, brand and/or model name
fication mark j
5 Maximum load rating molding that is higher or deeper than the
2nd two-digit code: Tire size This number indicates the maximum load same molding on the other sidewall of the tire,
3rd three-digit code: Tire type code (Op- in kilograms and pounds that can be or (2) the outward racing sidewall of an
tional) carried by the tire. When replacing the tires asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that
4th four-digit code: Date of Manufacture on the vehicle, always use a tire that has must always face outward when mounted on a
Four numbers represent the week and year the same load rating as the factory in- vehicle.
the tire was built. For example, the num- stalled tire.
bers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003.
j
6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”
Indicates that the tire requires an inner
tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).
8-39
Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X
TYPES OF TIRES If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or
Tire Safety Information” (US) or icy conditions, INFINITI recommends the use
“Tire Safety Information” of snow or all season tires on all four wheels.
WARNING (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-
mation Booklet. Snow tires
O When changing or replacing tires,
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to
be sure all four tires are of the All season tires select tires equivalent in size and load rating
same type (i.e., summer, all sea-
son or snow) and construction. An INFINITI specifies all season tires on some to the original equipment tires. If you do not,
INFINITI dealer may be able to models to provide good performance all year, it can adversely affect the safety and handling
help you with information about including snowy and icy road conditions. All of your vehicle.
tire type, size, speed rating and season tires are identified by ALL SEASON Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratings
availability. and/or M&S (Mud & Snow) on the tire than factory equipped tires and may not match
sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never
O Replacement tires may have a
than all season tires and may be more exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.
lower speed rating than the fac-
appropriate in some areas.
tory equipped tires, and may not If you install snow tires, they must be the
match the potential maximum ve- Summer tires same size, brand, construction and tread
hicle speed. Never exceed the INFINITI specifies summer tires on some pattern on all four wheels. For additional
maximum speed rating of the tire. models to provide superior performance on traction on icy roads, studded tires may be
O For additional information re- dry roads. Summer tire performance is sub- used. However, some U.S. states and Cana-
garding tires, refer to “Important stantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer dian provinces prohibit their use. Check local,
tires do not have the tire traction rating M&S state and provincial laws before installing
on the tire sidewall. studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of
8-40
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may of whipping action damage to the fenders or
be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires. undercarriage. If possible, avoid fully loading
your vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-
TIRE CHAINS tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your
Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord- vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle han-
ing to location. Check the local laws before dling and performance may be adversely
installing tire chains. When installing tire affected.
chains, make sure they are of proper size for Tire chains must be installed only on the front
the tires on your vehicle and are installed wheels and not on the rear wheels.
according to the chain manufacturer’s instruc- IDI069M
tions. Use only SAE class S chains. Class Never install tire chains on a T-type
“S” chains are used on vehicles with restricted spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY). Do CHANGING WHEELS AND
tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use not use the chains on dry roads. TIRES
Class “S” chains are designed to meet the Driving with chains in such conditions can
SAE standard minimum clearances between Tire rotation
cause damage to the various mechanisms of
the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every
body component required to accommodate the the vehicle due to some overstress.
7,500 miles (12,000 km). See “Flat tire” in the
use of a winter traction device (tire chains or “6. In case of emergency” section for tire
cables). The minimum clearances are deter-
mined using the factory equipped tire size. replacing procedures.
Other types may damage your vehicle. Use As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to
chain tensioners when recommended by the the specified torque with a torque wrench.
tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.
Loose end links of the tire chain must be Wheel nut tightening torque:
secured or removed to prevent the possibility 80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)
8-41
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to
specification at all times. It is recommended mation Booklet. ing, or deep cuts are found, the
that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at tire should be replaced.
each tire rotation interval. O The original tires have a built-in
tread wear indicator. When the
wear indicator is visible, the tire
WARNING should be replaced.
O After rotating the tires, adjust the O Improper service of a spare tire
tire pressure. may result in serious personal
injury. If it is necessary to repair
O Retighten the wheel nuts when
the spare tire, contact your
the vehicle has been driven for
IDI004 INFINITI dealer.
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
cases of a flat tire, etc.). Tire wear and damage O For additional information re-
garding tires, refer to “Important
O Do not include the spare tire in
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
the tire rotation. WARNING “Tire Safety Information”
O For additional information re- (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-
garding tires, refer to “Important O Tires should be periodically in- mation Booklet.
Tire Safety Information” (US) or spected for wear, cracking, bulg-
“Tire Safety Information” ing, or objects caught in the tread.
(Canada) in the Warranty Infor- If excessive wear, cracks, bulg-
8-42
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Replacing wheels and tires
accidents and could result in se- paired. Such wheels or tires
When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread rious personal injury. could have structural damage and
design, speed rating and load carrying capac- could malfunction without warn-
ity as originally equipped. Recommended O If the wheels are changed for any
ing.
reason, always replace with
types and sizes are shown in “Wheels/tire
wheels which have the same off- O The use of retread tires is not
size” in the “9. Technical and consumer
set dimension. Wheels of a dif- recommended.
information” section of this manual.
ferent offset could cause early
O For additional information re-
tire wear, possibly degraded ve-
garding tires, refer to “Important
WARNING hicle handling characteristics
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
and/or interference with the brake
“Tire Safety Information”
O The use of tires other than those discs/drums. Such interference
(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-
recommended or the mixed use of can lead to decreased braking
mation Booklet.
tires of different brands, construc- efficiency and/or early brake pad
tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), shoe wear. Refer to “Wheel/tire
or tread patterns can adversely af- size” in the “9. Technical and Wheel balance
fect the ride, braking, handling, consumer information” section of Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-
ground clearance, body-to-tire this manual for wheel offset di-
dling and tire life. Even with regular use,
clearance, tire chain clearance, mensions.
wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they
speedometer calibration, head-
O Do not install a deformed wheel should be balanced as required.
light aim and bumper height.
or tire even if it has been re-
Some of these effects may lead to Wheel balance service should be performed
with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing
8-43
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
the wheels on the vehicle could lead to Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE
mechanical damage. ONLY spare tire (T-type)) O Periodically check the T-type
spare tire inflation pressure. Al-
For additional information regarding tires, Observe the following precautions if the ways keep the pressure of the
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” T-type spare tire must be used. Otherwise, TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in your vehicle could be damaged or involved in tire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).
the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet. an accident.
O With the T-type spare tire in-
Care of wheels stalled, do not drive your vehicle
O Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle CAUTION at speeds faster than 50 MPH (80
to maintain their appearance. km/h).
O The T-type spare tire should be
O Clean the inner side of the wheels when O When driving on roads covered
used for an emergency use only. It
the wheel is changed or the underside of with snow or ice, the T-type spare
should be replaced with a stan-
the vehicle is washed. tire should be used on the rear
dard tire at the first opportunity to
wheel and the original tire used
O Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash- avoid possible tire or differential
on the front wheels (drive
ing the wheels. damage.
wheels). Use tire chains only on
O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or O Drive carefully while the T-type the front two original tires. (Se-
corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of spare tire is installed. dan)
pressure or poor seal at the tire bead. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt O Tire tread of the T-type spare tire
O INFINITI recommends waxing the road braking while driving. will wear at a faster rate than the
wheel sidewalls to protect against road salt original tire. Replace the T-type
in areas where it is used during winter.
8-44
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
spare tire as soon as the tread avoid damage to the vehicle do

wear indicators appear. not drive over obstacles. Also do
not drive the vehicle through an
O Do not use the T-type spare tire
automatic car wash since it may
on other vehicles.
get caught.
O Do not use more than one T-type
spare tire at the same time.
O Do not tow a trailer while the
T-type spare tire is installed.
CAUTION
O Do not use tire chains on a T-type
spare tire. Tire chains will not fit
properly on the T-type spare tire
and may cause damage to the ve-
hicle.
O Because the T-type spare tire is
smaller than the original tire,
ground clearance is reduced. To
8-45
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
9 TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION
Capacities and recommended Vehicle identification number (Chassis

fuel/lubricants .............................................. 9-2 number)................................................ 9-11
Fuel recommendation............................. 9-3 Engine serial number ........................... 9-11
Engine oil and oil filter F .M.V.S.S. certification label ............... 9-11
recommendation .................................... 9-5 Emission control information label ...... 9-12
Recommended SAE viscosity Tire and loading information label....... 9-12
number ................................................... 9-7 Air conditioner specification label........ 9-12
Air conditioning system refrigerant and Installing front license plate...................... 9-13
lubricant recommendations.................... 9-7 Vehicle loading information....................... 9-14
Specifications .............................................. 9-8 Terms ................................................... 9-14
Engine..................................................... 9-8 Vehicle load capacity............................ 9-16
Wheels and tires .................................... 9-9 Loading tips.......................................... 9-17
Dimensions and weights ........................ 9-9 Towing a trailer.......................................... 9-17
When traveling or registering your Maximum load limits............................ 9-18
vehicle in another country......................... 9-10 Towing load/specification..................... 9-19
Vehicle identification.................................. 9-10 Towing safety ....................................... 9-19
Vehicle identification number (VIN) Flat towing............................................ 9-21
Uniform tire quality grading ...................... 9-22
plate...................................................... 9-10
Emission control system warranty ............ 9-23
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Reporting safety defects (US only) ........... 9-24 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order
Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) information ................................................ 9-25
test (US only) ............................................ 9-24 In the event of a collision .................... 9-26
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION
CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure in-
structed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (Approximate)
Recommended
US Imp Liter specifications
measure measure
Fuel 18-1/2 gal 15-3/8 gal 70 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1
Engine oil*6
Drain and refill
With oil filter change 4-1/4 qt 3-1/2 qt 4.0 O API Certification Mark*2, *3
O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ, or SL Energy Conserving*2,
*3
Without oil filter change 3-7/8 qt 3-1/4 qt 3.7 O ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III*2, *3
Cooling system
With reservoir 8-1/8 qt 6-3/4 qt 7.7
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze coolant or equivalent
Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8
Automatic transmission fluid Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF (Continental US and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic
Transmission Fluid.*4
Refill to the proper oil level according to the instruc-
Power steering fluid (PSF) tions in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec- Genuine Nissan PSF or equivalent*8
tion.
Brake fluid Genuine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent
DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)
Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*7
INFINITI A/C System Oil
Air conditioning system lubricants — — — Type S or exact equivalent
*1: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation.
*2: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.
*3: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number.
*4: Dexron™ III/Mercon™ or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recom-
mended brand(s) of Dexron™ III/Mercon™ automatic transmission fluid.
*5: Available in mainland US through your INFINITI dealer.
*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.
*7: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” in the “9. Technical and consumer information” for air conditioner specification label.
*8: For Canada, NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid, Dexron™ III/Mercon™ or equivalent ATF may also be used.
9-2
Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X
FUEL RECOMMENDATION If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please
Under no circumstances should a take the following precautions as the usage of
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an leaded gasoline be used, since this such fuels may cause vehicle performance
octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti- will damage the three way catalyst. problems and/or fuel system damage.
Knock Index) number (Research octane
number 91) O The fuel should be unleaded and have
Reformulated gasoline
an octane rating no lower than that rec-
For improved vehicle performance, Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor- ommended for unleaded gasoline.
INFINITI recommends the use of un- mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-
leaded premium gasoline with an oc- cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions. O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting a
tane rating of at least 91 AKI (Research INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner air methanol blend, is used, it should
octane number 96). and suggests that you use reformulated gaso- contain no more than 10% oxygen-
line when available. ate. (MTBE may, however, be added
up to 15%.)
CAUTION Gasoline containing oxygenates
O If a methanol blend is used, it should
Using a fuel other than that specified Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing contain no more than 5% methanol
could adversely affect the emission oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It
control devices and systems, and methanol with or without advertising their should also contain a suitable
could also affect the warranty presence. INFINITI does not recommend the amount of appropriate cosolvents
coverage. use of fuels of which oxygenate content and and corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-
the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot erly formulated with appropriate
be readily determined. If in doubt, ask your cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors,
service station manager. such methanol blends may cause fuel
9-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
system damage and/or vehicle per- harmful to the fuel system and engine. steady spark knock while holding a
formance problems. At this time, suf- steady speed on level roads, have your
Octane rating tips dealer correct the condition. Failure to
ficient data is not available to ensure
that all methanol blends are suitable In most parts of North America, you should correct the condition is misuse of the ve-
for use in INFINITI vehicles. use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of hicle, for which INFINITI is not respon-
at least 87 or 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) sible.
If any undesirable driveability problems such
number. However, you may use unleaded Incorrect ignition timing will result in knock-
as engine stalling and hard hot starting are
gasoline with an octane rating as low as 85 ing, after-run or overheating. This in turn may
experienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,
AKI number in these high altitude areas [over cause excessive fuel consumption or damage
immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel
4,000 ft (1,219 m)] such as: Colorado, Mon- to the engine. If any of the above symptoms
or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.
tana, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming, northeast- are encountered, have your vehicle checked at
Take care not to spill gasoline during re- ern Nevada, southern Idaho, western South an INFINITI dealer or other competent service
fueling. Gasoline containing oxygen- Dakota, western Nebraska, and that part of facility.
ates can cause paint damage. Texas which is directly south of New Mexico.
However, now and then you may notice
Aftermarket fuel additives Using unleaded gasoline with an octane light spark knock for a short time while
INFINITI does not recommend the use of any rating lower than stated above can accelerating or driving up hills. This is
aftermarket fuel additives (i.e. fuel injector cause persistent, heavy spark knock. no cause for concern, because you get
cleaner, octane booster, intake valve deposit (Spark knock is a metallic rapping the greatest fuel benefit when there is
removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine light spark knock for a short time under
Many of these additives intended for gum, damage. If you detect a persistent heavy heavy engine load.
varnish or deposit removal may contain active spark knock even when using gasoline
solvent or similar ingredients that can be of the stated octane rating, or if you hear
9-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
type of oil supersedes the existing API SG or
SH and Energy Conserving II categories.
If you cannot find engine oil with the API
certification mark, use an API grade SG/SH,
Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ or
SL Energy Conserving oil. An oil with a single
designation SG or SH, or in combination with
other categories (For example, SG/CC or
SG/CD) may also be used if one with the API
certification mark cannot be found. An ILSAC
grade GF-I, II & III oil can also be used.
INFINITI recommends mineral based oils.
SIT0122
These oils must however, meet the API quality
and SAE viscosity ratings specified for your
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER oil) in order to improve fuel economy and vehicle.
RECOMMENDATION conserve energy. Oils which do not have the
Oil additives
specified quality label should not be used as
Selecting the correct oil INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil
they could cause engine damage.
It is essential to choose the correct quality, additives. The use of an oil additive is not
Only those engine oils with the American necessary when the proper oil type is used
and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine
Petroleum Institute (API) certification mark on and maintenance intervals are followed.
life and performance. INFINITI recommends
the front of the container should be used. This
the use of a low friction oil (energy conserving Oil which may contain foreign matter or has
9-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
been previously used should not be used. Change intervals O repeated short distance driving at cold
outside temperatures,
Oil viscosity The oil and oil filter change intervals for your
engine are based on the use of the specified O driving in dusty conditions,
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes
quality oils and filters. Oil and filter other than
with temperature. Because of this, it is impor- O extensive idling,
the specified quality, or oil and filter change
tant that the engine oil viscosity be selected
intervals longer than recommended could O towing a trailer,
based on the temperatures at which the
reduce engine life. Damage to engines caused O stop and go “rush hour” traffic,
vehicle will be operated before the next oil
by improper maintenance or use of incorrect
change. The recommended SAE viscosity O aggressive driving.
oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not
number chart shows the recommended oil
covered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran-
viscosities for the expected ambient tempera-
ties.
tures. Choosing an oil viscosity other than
that recommended could cause serious engine Your engine was filled with a high quality
damage. engine oil when it was built. You do not have
to change the oil before the first recommended
Selecting the correct oil filter
change interval. Oil and filter change intervals
Your new vehicle is equipped with a high- depend upon how you use your vehicle.
quality genuine INFINITI oil filter. When re- Operation under the following conditions may
placing, use the genuine oil filter or its require more frequent oil and filter changes.
equivalent for the reason described in change
intervals.
9-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOS- SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your
ITY NUMBER all ambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30, INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’s
10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if the ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does not
ambient temperature is above 0°F affect the earth’s atmosphere, certain govern-
(−18°C). mental regulations require the recovery and
recycling of any refrigerant during automotive
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
air conditioning system service. Your INFINITI
REFRIGERANT AND LUBRI-
dealer has the trained technicians and equip-
CANT RECOMMENDATIONS
ment needed to recover and recycle your air
The air conditioning system in this conditioning system refrigerant.
INFINITI vehicle must be charged with
Contact your INFINITI dealer whenever servic-
the refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and
ing your air conditioning system.
the lubricant, INFINITI A/C System Oil
Type S or the exact equivalents.
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or lu-
bricant will cause severe damage to
the air conditioning system and will
SIT0002 require the replacement of all air
conditioner system components.
9-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
SPECIFICATIONS The spark ignition system of this vehicle

meets all requirements of the Canadian
ENGINE Interference-Causing Equipment Regu-
Model VQ35DE lations.
Type Gasoline, 4-cycle
Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°
Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.760 x 3.205 (955 x 81.4)
Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)
Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6*
Idle speed rpm
See the emission control label on
Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm
the underside of the hood.
CO percentage at idle speed [No air] %
Standard PLFR5A-11
Spark plug SIT0005
Service option PLFR4A-11, PLFR6A-11
Spark plug gap in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)
Camshaft operation Timing chain
9-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Road wheel Sedan
Type Position Size Offset in (mm) Overall length in (mm) 193.7 (4,921)
17 x 7JJ 1.57 (40) Overall width in (mm) 70.2 (1,782)
Aluminum —
17 x 7JJ* 1.77 (45)
57.0 (1,449)*1
*: t-pack Overall height in (mm)
56.7 (1,440)*2
Tire 60.2 (1,530)*1
Front tread in (mm)
59.8 (1,520)*2
Type Position Size Pressure (Cold)
P215/55R17 93H 32 psi (220 kPa) 59.4 (1,510)*1
Conventional — Rear tread in (mm)
P225/50R17 93V 32 psi (220 kPa) 59.1 (1,500)*2
T135/90D16 60 psi (420 kPa) Wheelbase in (mm) 108.3 (2,750)

Spare —
Conventional* — Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg)
*: if equipped See the F.M.V.S.S. certi-
Gross axle weight rating
fication label on the driv-
Front lb (kg) er’s side lock pillar.
Rear lb (kg)
*1: For models with tire size - P215/55R17 93H
*2: For models with tire size - P225/50R17 93V
9-9
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
WHEN TRAVELING OR REG- When any vehicle is to be taken into an- VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
ISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN other country, state, province or district
and registered, its modifications, trans- VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
ANOTHER COUNTRY NUMBER (VIN) PLATE
portation, and registration are the re-
When planning to travel in another sponsibility of the user. INFINITI is not
country, you should first find out if the fuel responsible for any inconvenience that
available is suitable for your vehicle’s engine. may result.
Using fuel with too low an octane rating may
cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles
must be operated with unleaded engine gaso-
line. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to
areas where appropriate fuel is not available.
SIT0006
When transferring the registration of
your vehicle to another country, state, The vehicle identification number plate is
province or district, it may be necessary to attached as shown. This number is the iden-
modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regu- tification for your vehicle and is used in the
lations. vehicle registration.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
emission control and safety standards vary
according to the country, state, province or
district; therefore, vehicle specifications may
differ.
9-10
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LA-
NUMBER (Chassis number) BEL
SIT0008
SIT0007 SIT0094
The number is stamped on the engine as
The number is stamped as shown. shown. The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(F .M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as
shown. This label contains valuable vehicle
information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight
Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,
Vehicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc. Re-
view it carefully.
9-11
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
EMISSION CONTROL INFOR- TIRE AND LOADING INFOR- AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICA-
MATION LABEL MATION LABEL TION LABEL
SIT0010 SIT0121 SIT0012
The emission control information label is The cold tire inflation pressure is shown on The label is affixed inside of the hood as
attached as shown. the Tire and Loading Information label. The shown.
tire placard is located on the driver side center
pillar.
9-12
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INSTALLING FRONT
LICENSE PLATE
SIT0096
9-13
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Use the following steps to mount the license 4. Insert grommets into the hole on the
plate: fascia. a collision, people riding in these
areas are more likely to be seri-
Before mounting the license plate, confirm 5. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the ously injured or killed
that the following parts are enclosed in the grommet hole to add 90° turn onto the part
j O Do not allow people to ride in any
vinyl bag. C .
area of your vehicle that is not
O License plate bracket 6. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracket equipped with seats and seat
before placing the license plate bracket on belts.
O J-nut x 2
the fascia.
O Be sure everyone in your vehicle
O Screw x 2
7. Install the license plate bracket with is in a seat and using a seat belt
O Screw grommet x 2 screws. properly.
1. Temporarily place the license plate bracket 8. Install the license plate with bolts that are
while aligning points j A of the front no longer than 0.55 in (14 mm). TERMS
bumper fascia with holes j B in the license
plate bracket.
VEHICLE LOADING INFOR- It is important to familiarize yourself with the
MATION following terms before loading your vehicle:
2. Remove the license plate bracket.
O Curb Weight (actual weight of your ve-
3. Carefully drill two pilot holes j
A using a WARNING hicle) - vehicle weight including: standard
0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at the marked and optional equipment, fluids, emergency
locations. (Be sure that the drill only O It is extremely dangerous to ride in tools, and spare tire assembly. This weight
goes through the fascia, or damage a cargo area inside of a vehicle. In does not include passengers and
to the nut may occur.) cargo.
9-14
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weight cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle.
plus the combined weight of passengers If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the
and cargo. trailer tongue weight must be included as
part of the cargo load. This information is
O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -
located on the Tire and Loading Informa-
maximum total combined weight of the tion label.
unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,
hitch, trailer tongue load and any other O Cargo capacity - permissible weight of
optional equipment. This information is cargo, the subtracted weight of occupants
located on the F .M.V.S.S. label. from the load limit.
O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-

mum weight (load) limit specified for the
front or rear axle. This information is
located on the F .M.V.S.S. label.
O GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) -
The maximum total weight rating of the
vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.
O Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Total
load capacity - maximum total weight limit
specified of the load (passengers and
cargo) for the vehicle. This is the maxi-
mum combined weight of occupants and
9-15
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Steps for determining correct
load limit
(1) Locate the statement “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX
pounds” on your vehicle’s Placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the
driver and passengers that will be riding in
your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver
and passengers from XXX kilograms or
XXX pounds.
SIT0123
(4) The resulting figure equals the available
VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY To get “the combined weight of occupants amount of cargo and luggage load capac-
and cargo”, add the weight of all occupants, ity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150
then add the total luggage weight to the value.
shown as “The combined weight of occupants lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount
Examples are shown in the illustration.
and cargo” on the Tire and Loading Informa- of available cargo and luggage load capac-
tion label. Do not exceed the number of ity is 650 lbs. [1,400 − 750 (5 x 150) =
occupants shown as “Seating Capacity” on the 650 lbs.]
Tire and Loading Information label.
9-16
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage
and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. For to hazardous vehicle handling
safety, that weight must not exceed the
WARNING and long braking distance. This
available cargo and luggage load capacity may cause a premature tire mal-
O Properly secure all cargo to help function, which could result in a
calculated in Step 4.
prevent it from sliding or shifting. serious accident and personal in-
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load Do not place cargo higher than the jury. Failures caused by over-
from your trailer will be transferred to your seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col- loading are not covered by your
vehicle. Consult this manual to determine lision, unsecured cargo could warranty.
how this reduces the available cargo and cause personal injury.
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
O Do not load your vehicle any
TOWING A TRAILER
LOADING TIPS heavier than the GVWR or the
O The GVW must not exceed GVWR or maximum front and rear GAWRs.
GAWR as specified on the F .M.V.S.S. If you do, parts on your vehicle
certification label. can break, or it can change the
way your vehicle handles. This
O Do not load the front and rear axle to the could result in loss of control and
GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR. cause personal injury.
O Overloading not only could
shorten the life of your vehicle
and the tires, but also could lead ITI001
Your new vehicle was designed to be used
9-17
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
primarily to carry passengers and cargo. trailer is not only related to the maximum Towing Load/Specification Chart. If the
Remember that towing a trailer will place trailer loads, but also the places you plan to tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange
additional loads on your vehicle’s engine, tow. Tow weights appropriate for level high- cargo to allow for proper tongue load.
drive train, steering, braking and other sys- way driving may have to be reduced on very
tems. steep grades or in low traction situations (for
An INFINITI Trailer Towing Guide (US example, on slippery boat ramps).
only) is available from an INFINITI dealer.
This guide includes information on trailer CAUTION
towing ability and the special equipment
required for proper towing. Vehicle damage resulting from im-
proper towing procedures are not
MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS
covered by INFINITI warranties. An
ITI002
Maximum trailer loads INFINITI Trailer Towing Guide (U.S.
Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the only) containing information on Maximum gross vehicle
value specified in the Towing trailer towing ability and the special weight/maximum gross axle
Load/Specification Chart found later in this equipment required may be obtained weight
section. The total trailer load equals trailer from an INFINITI dealer.
The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle
weight plus its cargo weight.
must not exceed the gross vehicle weight
Towing loads greater than specified or using Tongue load rating (GVWR) shown on the F .M.V.S.S.
improper towing equipment could adversely Keep the tongue load between 9 and 11% of certification label. The gross vehicle weight
affect vehicle handling, braking and perfor- the total trailer load within the maximum equals the combined weight of the unloaded
mance. The ability of your vehicle to tow a tongue load limits shown in the following vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer
9-18
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
tongue load and any other optional equip- crosswinds, rough road surfaces or passing
ment. In addition, front or rear gross axle trucks. ing the passenger compartment.
weight must not exceed GAWR shown on the O Regularly check that all hitch
F .M.V.S.S. certification label. CAUTION mounting bolts are securely
mounted.
TOWING
LOAD/SPECIFICATION O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.
TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART O The hitch should not be attached Tire pressures
Unit: lb (kg) to or affect the operation of the O When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle
MAXIMUM
impact-absorbing bumper. tires to the recommended cold tire pres-
1,000 (454)
TOWING LOAD O Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sure indicated on the Tire and Loading
MAXIMUM system, brake system, etc. to in- Information label (located on the driver
110 (49)
TONGUE LOAD stall a trailer hitch. side center pillar).
TOWING SAFETY O To reduce the possibility of addi- O Trailer tire condition, size, load rating and
tional damage if your vehicle is proper inflation pressure should be in
Trailer hitch struck from the rear, where prac- accordance with the trailer and tire manu-
Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and tical, remove the hitch and/or re- facturers’ specifications.
trailer. A genuine INFINITI trailer hitch is ceiver when not in use.
available from your INFINITI dealer (US only). Safety chains
O After the hitch is removed, seal
Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached the bolt holes to prevent exhaust Always use suitable chains between your
to the vehicle, to help avoid personal injury or fumes, water or dust from enter- vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains
property damage due to sway caused by should be crossed and should be attached to
9-19
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
the hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Be Pre-towing tips different than under normal driving condi-
sure to leave enough slack in the chains to tions.
O Be certain your vehicle maintains a level
permit turning corners.
position when a loaded and/or unloaded O Always secure items in the trailer to
Trailer lights trailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle prevent load shift while driving.
Trailer lights should comply with federal if it has an abnormal nose-up or nose-
O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.
and/or local regulations. When wiring the down condition; check for improper
vehicle for towing, connect the stop and tail tongue load, overload, worn suspension or O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.
light pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit. other possible causes of either condition. O Always drive your vehicle at a moderate
Trailer brakes O Always secure items in the trailer to speed.
prevent load shifts while driving. O Always block the wheels on both vehicle
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to federal O Be certain your rear view mirrors conform and trailer when parking. Parking on a
and/or local regulations and that it is properly to all federal, state or local regulations. If slope is not recommended; however, if
installed. not, install any mirrors required for towing you must do so, and if your vehicle is
before driving the vehicle. equipped with automatic transmission,
first apply the parking brake and block the
WARNING Trailer towing tips wheels, and then move the transmission
Never connect a trailer brake system In order to gain skill and an understanding of selector lever into the P (Park) position. If
directly to the vehicle brake system. the vehicle’s behavior, you should practice you move the selector lever to the P (Park)
turning, stopping and backing up in an area position before applying the parking brake
which is free from traffic. Steering stability, and blocking the wheels, transmission
and braking performance will be somewhat damage could occur.
9-20
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
O When going down a hill, shift into a lower at intervals specified in the recommended considerably more distance than normal
gear and use the engine braking effect. maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Ser- passing. Remember the length of the trailer
When going up a long grade, downshift vice and Maintenance guide. must also pass the other vehicle before
the transmission to a lower gear and you can safely change lanes.
O When making a turn, your trailer wheels
reduce speed to reduce chances of engine O To maintain engine braking efficiency and
will be closer to the inside of the turn than
overloading and/or overheating. electrical charging performance, do not
your vehicle wheels. To compensate for
However, for long steep grades, do not use sixth gear (manual transmission) or
this, make a larger than normal turning
stay in 1st or 2nd gear when driving above fifth position (automatic transmission).
radius during the turn.
35 MPH (56 km/h).
O Crosswinds and rough roads will ad- O Avoid holding the brake pedal down too
O If the engine coolant rises to an extremely long or too frequently. This could cause
versely affect vehicle/trailer handling, pos-
high temperature when the air conditioning the brakes to overheat, resulting in re-
sibly causing vehicle sway. When being
system is on, turn off the air conditioner. duced braking efficiency.
passed by larger vehicles, be prepared for
Coolant heat can be additionally vented by
possible changes in crosswinds that could When towing a trailer, transmission
opening the windows, switching the fan
affect vehicle handling. If swaying does oil/fluid should be changed more fre-
control to high and setting the temperature
occur, firmly grip the steering wheel, steer quently.
control to the HOT position.
straight ahead, and immediately (but For additional information, see the “8.
O Trailer towing requires more fuel than gradually) reduce vehicle speed. This Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-
normal circumstances. combination will help stabilize the vehicle. tion earlier in this manual.
O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 Never increase speed. FLAT TOWING
miles (800 km). O Be careful when passing other vehicles. Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on
O Have your vehicle serviced more often than Passing while towing a trailer requires the ground is sometimes called flat towing.
9-21
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
This method is sometimes used when towing Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such mended by INFINITI” in the “6. In
case of emergency” section of Treadwear
as a motor home.
this manual. Treadwear grade is a comparative rating
based on tire wear rate when tested under
CAUTION Automatic transmission controlled conditions on specified government
test courses. For example, a tire graded 150
O Failure to follow these guidelines To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic
would wear one and a half (1-1/2) times as
can result in severe transmission transmission, an appropriate vehicle dolly
well on the government course as a tire
damage. MUST be placed under the towed vehicle’s
graded 100. However, relative tire perfor-
O Whenever flat towing your ve- drive wheels. Always follow the dolly manu-
mance depends on actual driving conditions,
hicle, always tow forward, never facturer’s recommendations when using their
product. and may vary significantly from the norm due
backward. to variations in driving habits, service prac-
O DO NOT tow any automatic trans- UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY tices and differences in road characteristics
mission vehicle with all four GRADING and climate.
wheels on the ground (flat tow- DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality Traction AA, A, B and C
ing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE in- Grades: All passenger car tires must conform
ternal transmission parts due to to federal safety requirements in addition to The traction grades, from highest to lowest,
lack of transmission lubrication. these grades. are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
O For emergency towing proce- Quality grades can be found where applicable
dures, see “Towing Recom- measured under controlled conditions on
on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder specified government test surfaces of asphalt
and maximum section width. For example:
9-22
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor which all passenger car tires must meet under For US:
traction performance. the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.
O Emission Defects Warranty
109. Grades A and B represent higher levels of
performance on laboratory test wheels than O Emissions Performance Warranty
WARNING the minimum required by law. (See Warranty Information Booklet for de-
tails.)
The traction grade assigned to your
vehicle tires is based on straight- WARNING For Canada:
ahead braking traction tests, and
Emission Control System Warranty
does not include acceleration, cor- The temperature grade for this tire is
nering, hydroplaning, or peak trac- established for a tire that is properly Details of these warranties may be found with
tion characteristics. inflated and not overloaded. Exces- other vehicle warranties in your Warranty
sive speed, underinflation, or exces- Information Booklet (Warranty and Roadside
Temperature A, B and C sive loading, either separately or in Assistance Information (Canada only)) that
combination, can cause heat buildup comes with your INFINITI. If you did not
Temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and possible tire failure. receive a Warranty Information Booklet (War-
and C. They represent a tire’s resistance to
ranty and Roadside Assistance Information
heat build-up, and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a EMISSION CONTROL SYS- (Canada only)), or it has become lost, you
specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus- TEM WARRANTY may obtain a replacement by writing to:
tained high temperature can cause tire mate- Your INFINITI is covered by the following O INFINITI Division
rial to degenerate, reducing tire life. Excessive emission warranties. Nissan North America, Inc.
temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure. Consumer Affairs Department
Grade C corresponds to a performance level
9-23
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
P .O. Box 47038, Gardena, CA 90247- that a safety defect exists in a group of READINESS FOR
6838 vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy INSPECTION/
O Nissan Canada Inc. campaign. However, NHTSA cannot be- MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
5290 Orbitor Drive
come involved in individual problems (US only)
between you, your dealer, or INFINITI.
Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5 Due to legal requirements in some states, your
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
O INFINITI Division vehicle may be required to be in what is called
Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-
Nissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii, Ltd. the ready condition for an
327-4236. If you reside in Hawaii, please
Consumer Affairs Department Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-
call 808-836-0888. You may also write
2880 Kilihau Street sion control system.
to: NHTSA, U.S. Department of Trans-
Honolulu, Hawaii 96819 portation, Washington, D.C. 20590. You The vehicle is set to the ready condition when
REPORTING SAFETY DE- can also obtain other information about it is driven through certain driving patterns.
FECTS (US only) motor vehicle safety from the Hotline. Usually, the ready condition can be obtained
You may notify INFINITI by contacting by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
If you believe that your vehicle has a our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-
defect which could cause a crash or could If a powertrain system component is repaired
free, at 1-800-662-6200. or the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may
cause injury or death, you should imme- In Hawaii call 808-836-0848.
diately inform the National Highway Traf- be reset to a not ready condition. Before taking
the I/M test, drive the vehicle through the
fic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in ad- following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready
dition to notifying INFINITI. condition. If you cannot or do not want to
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it perform the driving pattern, an INFINITI dealer
may open an investigation, and if it finds can conduct it for you.
9-24
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
km/h) and maintain the speed for 20 MANUAL ORDER INFORMA-
WARNING seconds. TION
Always drive the vehicle in a safe and 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least three times. A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best
prudent manner according to traffic
7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 source of service and repair information for
conditions, and obey all traffic laws.
km/h) and maintain the speed for at least 3 your vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams,
minutes. illustrations and step-by-step diagnostic and
1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle adjustment procedures, this manual is the
8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmission
until the engine coolant temperature gauge same one used by the factory trained techni-
gear (selector lever in the “P” or “N”
needle points between the C and H (nor- cians working at INFINITI dealerships. Also
position).
mal operating temperature). available are genuine INFINITI Owner’s Manu-
9. Turn the engine off.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 als, and genuine INFINITI Service and Owner’s
km/h), then quickly release the accelerator 10.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more Manuals for older INFINITI models.
pedal completely and keep it released for time.
In the USA:
at least 6 seconds. If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat the
For current pricing and availability of genuine
3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a preceding step. Any safe driving mode is
acceptable between steps. Do not stop the INFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000
moment, then drive the vehicle at a speed
engine until step 7 is completed. model year and later, contact:
of 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at
least 5 minutes. Tweddle Litho Company
4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine run- 1-800-639-8841
ning. www.nissan-techinfo.com
9-25
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
For current pricing and availability of genuine dealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfac- Infiniti Collision Parts. INFINITI does not
INFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 tion Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingual warrant non-Infiniti parts, nor does Infiniti’s
model year and prior, see an INFINITI dealer, INFINITI representative will assist you. warranty apply to damage caused by a non-
or contact: genuine parts.
Also available are genuine INFINITI Service
DDS Distribution Services, Ltd. and Owner’s Manuals for older INFINITI mod- Using Genuine Infiniti Parts can help protect
20770 Westwood Road els. your personal safety, preserve your warranty
Strongsville, OH 44136 protection and maintain the resale value of
IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION
1-800-247-5321 your vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased,
Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this
For current pricing and availability of genuine using Genuine Infiniti Parts may prevent or
unlikely event, there is some important infor-
INFINITI Owner’s Manuals for the 2002 limit unnecessary excess wear and tear ex-
mation you should know. Many insurance
model year and prior, see an INFINITI dealer, penses at the end of your lease.
companies routinely authorize the use of
or contact:
non-genuine collision parts in order to cut INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple
DDS Distribution Services, Ltd. costs, among other reasons. zones to minimize the risk that the hood will
20770 Westwood Road penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an
Insist on the use of Genuine In-
Strongsville, OH 44136 accident. Non-genuine (imitation) parts may
finiti Collision Parts!
1-800-247-5321 not provide such built in safeguards. Also,
If you want your vehicle to be restored using non-genuine parts often show premature
In Canada:
parts made to INFINITI’s original exacting wear, rust and corrosion.
To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI specifications — if you want to help it to last
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual please and hold its resale value, the solution is Why should you take a chance?
contact your nearest INFINITI dealer. For the simple. Tell your insurance agent and In over 40 states, the law says you must be
phone number and location of an INFINITI your repair shop to only use Genuine advised if non-genuine parts are used to
9-26
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
repair your vehicle. And some
states/provinces have enacted laws that re-
strict insurance companies from authorizing
the use of non-genuine collision parts during
the new vehicle warranty. These laws help
protect you, so you can take action to protect
yourself.
It’s your right!
9-27
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
10 Index
A Armrest.......................................................................... 1-7 Brake

Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray) ................ 2-25 Anti-lock brake system (ABS).............................. 5-18
ABS (Anti-lock brake system) .................................... 5-18 Audible reminders....................................................... 2-13 Brake booster ....................................................... 8-23
Air bag system, Side (See supplemental side-impact air Audio operation precautions......................................... 4-8 Brake fluid............................................................ 8-16
bag system) ................................................................ 1-16 Audio system ................................................................ 4-7 Brake pedal .......................................................... 8-22
Air bag warning labels ............................................... 1-20 Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-27 Brake pedal check................................................ 8-22
Air bag warning light........................................ 1-20, 2-10 Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD).................... 4-17, 4-25 Brake system........................................................ 5-17
Air cleaner housing filter............................................ 8-20 Automatic Parking brake check................................... 5-12, 8-22
Air conditioner Anti-glare inside mirror ....................................... 3-16 Parking brake operation....................................... 5-12
Air conditioner operation ....................................... 4-3 Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-14 Warning light ......................................................... 2-8
Air conditioner service................................... 4-3, 4-6 Drive positioner.................................................... 3-19 Break-in schedule ....................................................... 5-14
Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-12 Driving with automatic transmission ............. 5-5, 5-8 Brightness control, Instrument panel ......................... 2-19
Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant Seat positioner, seat ............................................ 3-19 Bulb check/instrument panel ........................................ 2-7
recommendations ........................................... 4-6, 9-7 Transmission selector lever lock release ............ 5-11 Bulb replacement ........................................................ 8-27
Heater and air conditioner (automatic).................. 4-3 Avoiding collision and rollover .................................... 5-4
In-cabin microfilter................................................. 4-6 C
Alcohol, drugs and driving........................................... 5-4 B
Anchor point locations Cabin air filter............................................................... 4-6
Top tether strap ................................................... 1-42 Before starting the engine ............................................ 5-7 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants............... 9-2
Antenna ....................................................................... 4-28 Battery ......................................................................... 8-17 Car phone or CB radio............................................... 4-30
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).................................... 5-18 Battery saver system ............................................ 2-19 Cargo (See vehicle loading information) ................... 2-28
Anti-lock brake warning light ....................................... 2-8 Battery replacement Cargo net .................................................................... 2-28
Appearance care Intelligent Key system............................................ 3-9 Cassette player (See audio system) ................. 4-16, 4-24
Exterior appearance care........................................ 7-2 Remote keyless entry system................................. 3-9 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ........................ 5-3
Interior appearance care......................................... 7-4 Belts (See drive belts) ................................................ 8-19 CD care and cleaning................................................. 4-27
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INDEX
Child restraints ........................................................... 1-32 Changing engine coolant..................................... 8-10 Electric sunroof ........................................................... 2-31
Installation on front passenger seat .................... 1-42 Checking engine coolant level............................... 8-9 Emission control information label ............................ 9-12
Installation on rear seat center or outboard Cornering light............................................................ 2-21 Emission control system warranty.............................. 9-23
positions............................................................... 1-34 Corrosion protection..................................................... 7-6 Engine
Precautions on child restraints............................ 1-32 Cruise control ............................................................. 5-13 Before starting the engine ..................................... 5-7
Top tether strap anchor point locations.............. 1-42 Cup holder .................................................................. 2-26 Break-in schedule ................................................ 5-14
With top tether strap............................................ 1-41 CVT, Transmission selector lever lock release ......... 5-11 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........ 9-2
Child safety ................................................................. 1-26 Changing engine coolant..................................... 8-10
Child safety rear door lock........................................... 3-4 D Changing engine oil ............................................ 8-12
Chimes Changing engine oil filter.................................... 8-14
Audible reminders................................................ 2-13 Daytime running light system .................................... 2-20 Checking engine coolant level............................... 8-9
Seat belt warning light and chime ...................... 2-10 Defogger switch, Rear window and outside mirror Checking engine oil level .................................... 8-11
Cigarette lighter and ashtray ...................................... 2-25 defogger switch........................................................... 2-17 Coolant temperature gauge.................................... 2-5
Circuit breaker, Fusible link....................................... 8-24 Dimensions and weights .............................................. 9-9 Engine block heater ............................................. 5-24
Cleaning exterior and interior............................... 7-2, 7-4 Door open warning light .............................................. 2-9 Engine compartment check locations .................... 8-8
Clock ........................................................................... 2-34 Drive belts................................................................... 8-19 Engine cooling system........................................... 8-9
Cold weather driving .................................................. 5-22 Drive positioner, Automatic........................................ 3-19 Engine oil............................................................. 8-11
Compact Disc (CD) autochanger................................ 4-29 Driving Engine oil and oil filter recommendation.............. 9-5
Compact Disc (CD) changer operation ...................... 4-17 Cold weather driving............................................ 5-22 Engine oil viscosity................................................ 9-6
Console box................................................................ 2-28 Driving with automatic transmission ............. 5-5, 5-8 Engine serial number........................................... 9-11
Controls Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2 Engine specifications ............................................. 9-8
Heater and air conditioner controls (automatic).... 4-3 If your vehicle overheats...................................... 6-10
Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-27 E Starting the engine................................................. 5-7
Coolant Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) .................................. 5-2
Capacities and recommended fuel/ lubricants ...... 9-2 Economy, Fuel ............................................................ 5-15
10-2
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INDEX
F Fuel octane rating .................................................. 9-3 Head restraints .............................................................. 1-5

Fuel recommendation............................................. 9-3 Headlights
F .M.V.S.S. certification label ..................................... 9-11 Gauge ..................................................................... 2-5 Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-28
Filter Fuses........................................................................... 8-23 Headlight switch................................................... 2-18
Air cleaner housing filter ..................................... 8-20 Fusible links ............................................................... 8-24 Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-17
Changing engine oil filter.................................... 8-14 Heated seats................................................................ 2-22
Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch)............ 2-21 G Heated steering wheel................................................. 2-23
Flat tire.......................................................................... 6-2 Heater
Floor mat cleaning........................................................ 7-5 Garage door opener, HomeLinkT Universal Engine coolant heater .......................................... 5-24
Fluid Transceiver.................................................................. 2-39 Heater and air conditioner (automatic).................. 4-3
Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-14 Gas cap ....................................................................... 3-13 HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver ............................. 2-39
Brake fluid............................................................ 8-16 Gauge ............................................................................ 2-3 Hood release ............................................................... 3-10
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........ 9-2 Engine coolant temperature gauge ........................ 2-5 Horn ............................................................................ 2-22
Engine coolant ....................................................... 8-9 Fuel gauge ............................................................. 2-5
Engine oil............................................................. 8-11 Odometer................................................................ 2-4 I
Power steering fluid............................................. 8-16 Speedometer........................................................... 2-4
Window washer fluid ........................................... 8-17 Tachometer............................................................. 2-4 Ignition switch .............................................................. 5-5
Folding rear seat........................................................... 1-4 Trip computer ...................................................... 2-35 Automatic transmission models..................... 5-5, 5-8
Fog light switch .......................................................... 2-21 General maintenance..................................................... 8-2 Key positions ......................................................... 5-6
Front power seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3 Glove box.................................................................... 2-27 Immobilizer system..................................................... 2-15
Fuel Glove box lock............................................................ 2-27 In-cabin microfilter ....................................................... 4-6
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........ 9-2 Indicator lights ............................................................ 2-11
filler cap ............................................................... 3-13 H Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System
filler lid................................................................. 3-13 Engine start ............................................................ 5-6
Fuel economy....................................................... 5-15 Hazard warning flasher switch.................................... 2-21 Inside automatic anti-glare mirror.............................. 3-16
10-3
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INDEX
Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test .............................. 9-24 Engine serial number........................................... 9-11 Power door lock..................................................... 3-3
Instrument brightness control..................................... 2-19 Vehicle identification number (VIN) .................... 9-10 Trunk lid lock opener lever ................................. 3-11
Instrument panel ........................................................... 2-2 LATCH system............................................................ 1-39 Low fuel warning light.................................................. 2-9
Interior light ................................................................ 2-36 License plate, Installing front license plate................ 9-13
Interior light replacement............................................ 8-30 Light M
Interior trunk lid release ............................................. 3-12 Air bag warning light........................................... 1-20
ISOFIX child restraint ................................................. 1-39 Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-27 Maintenance
Cornering light..................................................... 2-21 Battery .................................................................. 8-17
J Fog light switch ................................................... 2-21 General maintenance.............................................. 8-2
Headlight switch................................................... 2-18 Inside the vehicle................................................... 8-3
Journey time ............................................................... 2-36 Headlights Bulb replacement ............................... 8-28 Maintenance precautions ....................................... 8-5
Jump starting ................................................................ 6-7 Interior light ......................................................... 2-36 Outside the vehicle ................................................ 8-3
Personal light....................................................... 2-37 Seat belt maintenance.......................................... 1-32
K Replacement ......................................................... 8-27 Under the hood and vehicle .................................. 8-4
Trunk light ........................................................... 2-39 Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) .............................. 2-11
Keyless entry (See remote keyless entry system) ........ 3-5 Meters and gauges ....................................................... 2-3
Vanity mirror lights.............................................. 2-39
Keys .............................................................................. 3-2 Warning/indicator lights and audible Meters and gauges, Instrument brightness control ... 2-19
reminders ..................................................... 2-8, 2-11 Mirror
L Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-17 Automatic anti-glare inside mirror....................... 3-16
Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement........... 8-30 Outside mirror control ......................................... 3-18
Label, Air conditioner specification label................... 9-12 Loading information (See vehicle loading Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-18
Label, Emission control information label ................. 9-12 information)................................................................. 9-14
Label, F .M.V.S.S. certification label .......................... 9-11 Lock N
Labels Door locks.............................................................. 3-3
Air bag warning labels......................................... 1-20 Glove box lock..................................................... 2-27 Net, Cargo net ............................................................ 2-28
10-4
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INDEX
New vehicle break-in .................................................. 5-14 Personal light.............................................................. 2-37 FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player and Compact
Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System ........................... 2-13 Phone, Car phone or CB radio .................................. 4-30 Disc (CD) player/CD changer.............................. 4-12
Power FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player.............. 4-20
O Front seat adjustment ............................................ 1-3 Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-27
Power door lock..................................................... 3-3 Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test
Odometer....................................................................... 2-4 Power outlet ......................................................... 2-24 (US only) .................................................................... 9-24
Oil Power steering fluid............................................. 8-16 Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock ................ 3-4
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........ 9-2 Power steering system......................................... 5-17 Rear power point ........................................................ 2-24
Changing engine oil ............................................ 8-12 Power windows .................................................... 2-29 Rear sun shade........................................................... 2-33
Checking engine oil level .................................... 8-11 Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................................... 1-18 Rear window and outside mirror defogger switch ..... 2-17
Engine oil............................................................. 8-11 Precautions Registering your vehicle in another country .............. 9-10
Engine oil viscosity................................................ 9-6 Audio operation...................................................... 4-8 Remote keyless entry system ....................................... 3-5
Outside mirror control ................................................ 3-18 Braking precautions ............................................. 5-17 Reporting safety defects (US only)............................. 9-24
Outside mirrors........................................................... 3-18 Child restraints..................................................... 1-32 Roadside assistance program....................................... 6-2
Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ............................ 6-10 Cruise control ...................................................... 5-13 Rollover ......................................................................... 5-4
Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information... 9-25 Maintenance ........................................................... 8-5
Seat belt usage .................................................... 1-22 S
P Supplemental restraint system............................... 1-7
When starting and driving ..................................... 5-2 Safety
Parking Push starting................................................................. 6-9 Child seat belts.................................................... 1-26
Brake check.......................................................... 8-22 Reporting safety defects (US only)...................... 9-24
Parking brake check............................................. 5-12 R Towing safety....................................................... 9-19
Parking brake operation....................................... 5-12 Satellite radio operation.................................... 4-13, 4-23
Parking on hills ................................................... 5-12 Radio ............................................................................. 4-7 Seat
Parking/parking on hills ............................................. 5-16 Car phone or CB radio........................................ 4-30 Belt warning light................................................. 1-22
10-5
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INDEX
Belt warning light and chime .............................. 2-10 Servicing air conditioner....................................... 4-3, 4-6 Sunglasses holder ...................................................... 2-26
Seat adjustment, Front power seat adjustment ............ 1-3 Shift lock release ........................................................ 5-11 Sunroof ....................................................................... 2-31
Seat belt(s) Shift lock release, CVT............................................... 5-11 Electric sunroof .................................................... 2-31
Child safety .......................................................... 1-26 Shifting Supplemental air bag warning labels......................... 1-20
Infants and small children ................................... 1-27 Automatic transmission.................................. 5-5, 5-8 Supplemental air bag warning light ................. 1-20, 2-10
Injured persons .................................................... 1-28 Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front seats ...... 1-31 Supplemental restraint system...................................... 1-7
Larger children..................................................... 1-27 Side air bag system (See supplemental side-impact air Precautions on supplemental restraint system...... 1-7
Pre-tensioner seat belt system ............................ 1-18 bag system) ................................................................ 1-16 Supplemental side-impact air bag system ................. 1-16
Precautions on seat belt usage ........................... 1-22 Spark plugs................................................................. 8-19 Switch
Pregnant women .................................................. 1-27 Speedometer ................................................................. 2-4 Audio control steering wheel switch ................... 4-27
Seat belt cleaning .................................................. 7-5 Starting Fog light switch ................................................... 2-21
Seat belt extenders............................................... 1-31 Before starting the engine ..................................... 5-7 Hazard warning flasher switch............................. 2-21
Seat belt maintenance.......................................... 1-32 Jump starting ......................................................... 6-7 Headlight switch................................................... 2-18
Seat belts ............................................................. 1-22 Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2 Ignition switch........................................................ 5-5
Shoulder belt height adjustment.......................... 1-31 Push starting.......................................................... 6-9 Ignition switch automatic transmission
Three-point type with retractor ............................ 1-28 Starting the engine................................................. 5-7 models............................................................ 5-5, 5-8
Seat(s) Steering Power door lock switch ......................................... 3-4
Driver-side memory ............................................. 3-19 Heated steering wheel.......................................... 2-23 Rear window defogger switch.............................. 2-17
Heated seats......................................................... 2-22 Power steering fluid............................................. 8-16 Traction control system (TCS) off switch .......... 2-24
Seats....................................................................... 1-2 Power steering system......................................... 5-17 Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-20
Secondary trunk lid release ........................................ 3-12 Steering wheel switch for audio controls............ 4-27 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ......... 2-24
Security system, Vehicle security system .................. 2-13 Tilting steering wheel........................................... 3-15
Security systems (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System), Sun shade ................................................................... 2-32 T
Engine start ................................................................. 2-15 Rear sun shade .................................................... 2-33
Security systems (See vehicle security system) ........ 2-13 Sun visors................................................................... 3-16 Tachometer ................................................................... 2-4
10-6
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INDEX
Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperature Towing safety....................................................... 9-19 Uniform tire quality grading ....................................... 9-22
gauge ............................................................................ 2-5 Traction control system (TCS) .................................. 5-19
Theft (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System), Engine Traction control system (TCS) off switch ................. 2-24 V
start ............................................................................. 2-15 Trailer towing.............................................................. 9-17
Three way catalyst ........................................................ 5-3 Transceiver, HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver ........ 2-39 Vanity mirror lights..................................................... 2-39
Tilting steering wheel ................................................. 3-15 Transmission Vehicle
Tire Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-14 Dimensions and weights........................................ 9-9
Tire ......................................................................... 9-9 Driving with automatic transmission ............. 5-5, 5-8 Identification number (VIN).................................. 9-10
Flat tire................................................................... 6-2 Transmission selector lever lock release ............ 5-11 Loading information............................................. 9-14
Tire and loading information label...................... 9-12 Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ........... 3-5 Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)....................... 6-13
Uniform tire quality grading ................................ 9-22 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another Security system.................................................... 2-13
Tires country ........................................................................ 9-10 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ......... 2-24
Spare tire.............................................................. 8-44 Trip computer ............................................................. 2-35 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system .............. 5-20
Tire chains ........................................................... 8-41 Trunk Ventilators ..................................................................... 4-2
Tire pressure ........................................................ 8-36 Access through rear seat ....................................... 1-4
Tire rotation.......................................................... 8-41 Interior trunk lid release ...................................... 3-12 W
Types of tires....................................................... 8-40 Lid lock opener lever........................................... 3-11
Wheel/tire size........................................................ 9-9 Warning labels, Air bag warning labels..................... 1-20
Light ..................................................................... 2-39
Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-36 Warning light
Secondary trunk lid release ................................. 3-12
Top tether strap child restraints................................. 1-41 Air bag warning light................................. 1-20, 2-10
Turn signal switch...................................................... 2-20
Towing Anti-lock brake warning light ................................ 2-8
Flat towing ........................................................... 9-21 Brake warning light................................................ 2-8
U
Tow truck towing ................................................. 6-11 Door open warning light........................................ 2-9
Towing a trailer.................................................... 9-17 Low fuel warning light........................................... 2-9
Underbody cleaning...................................................... 7-3
Towing load/specification chart........................... 9-17 Seat belt warning light and chime ...................... 2-10
10-7
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X
INDEX
Warning lights .............................................................. 2-8
Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 2-21
Warning, Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders ...................................................................... 2-7
Warranty, Emission control system warranty............. 9-23
Washer switch, Windshield wiper and washer
switch .......................................................................... 2-16
Washing ........................................................................ 7-2
Waxing .......................................................................... 7-3
Weights (See dimensions and weights)....................... 9-9
Wheel/tire size .............................................................. 9-9
Wheels and tires ......................................................... 8-36
Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels........................... 7-4
Window washer fluid .................................................. 8-17
Window(s)
Cleaning ................................................................. 7-3
Power windows .................................................... 2-29
Windshield wiper and washer switch......................... 2-16
Wiper
Windshield wiper and washer switch .................. 2-16
Wiper blades ........................................................ 8-20
Xenon headlights ........................................................ 2-17
10-8
Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Infiniti I35 User Guide PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Infiniti I35 User Guide PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

FOREWORD

ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................... 0-1

Exterior front................................................ 0-2

EXTERIOR FRONT 1. Engine hood (Page 3-10)

EXTERIOR REAR 1. Trunk lid (P .3-11)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P .8-16)

Seats............................................................ 1-2 Pregnant women .................................. 1-27

shoulder belt will not be against

after about 7 seconds if the system is op-

serious or fatal injuries from the

side the steering wheel rim could

SIR0009 SIR0010 SIR0011

An inflating supplemental front

O The seat belts and the supplemen-

careful with children, who should

The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-

behind your back, under your arm

When fastening the seat belts, be

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. The

SIR0039A SIR0062 SIR0042

SIR0046 SIR0045A SIR0047

5. Before placing the child in the child WARNING

restraint in the front passenger

Instrument panel ......................................... 2-2 Turn signal switch................................ 2-20

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Traction control system off indicator

Vehicle dynamic control off indica-

Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise set indicator light

Low fuel warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)

REAR WINDOW AND OUT -

O When the headlight switch remains in the

SII0191 The power outlet is for powering electrical

SUNGLASSES HOLDER CAUTION

CAUTION When locking or unlocking the glove box, use

CARGO NET (if so equipped)

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to

The passenger side switch will open or close SII0280

only the corresponding window. To open or

REAR SUN SHADE

TRIP COMPUTER automatically selected and ICY will illuminate

Turn off the interior, personal and

Keys ............................................................. 3-2 Fuel filler lid............................................... 3-13

All door locks will be engaged when the power

SIP0311 O An improperly disposed battery can

Pull the lock lever and while holding down,

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Tighten

3. The display will show all segments, and

The outside mirror will operate only when the

Ventilators.................................................... 4-2 Audio operation precautions .................. 4-8

VENTILATORS : This symbol indicates that the vents

Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators.

Open or close, and adjust the air flow direc-

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (Automatic)

AUDIO SYSTEM extend reception range, and to enhance the

1. CD LOAD button 9. ON-OFF/VOLUME control knob

O Connect the ground wire from the

connections must pass to a trailer a. The vehicle is raised for ser-

IGNITION SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CRUISE CONTROL OPERA-

Roadside assistance program ..................... 6-2 If your vehicle overheats........................... 6-10

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE FLAT TIRE and clear of the vehicle.

Getting the spare tire and tools

Place suitable blocks at both the front and